]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
basic: convert ifname_valid_full() to take flags and allow numeric interfaces
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 247 in spe:
4
5 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILTY: Linux 4.12 introduced two new uevents
6 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
7 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
8 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
9 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
10 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
11 number of software issues, we so far didn't address (mostly because
12 there was hope the kernel maintainers would themeselves address these
13 issues in some form – which did not happen). To handle them properly,
14 many (if not most) udev rules files shipped in various packages need
15 updating, and so do many programs that monitor or enumerate devices
16 with libudev or sd-device, or otherwise process uevents. Please note
17 that this incompatibility is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused
18 by an incompatible kernel change that happened back in Linux 4.12.
19
20 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
21 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
22 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
23 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
24 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
25 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
26 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
27 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
28 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
29 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
30 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
31 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
32 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
33 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
34 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
35
36 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
37 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
38 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
39 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
40 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
41 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
42 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
43 update. Similar, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with new
44 functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
45 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
46
47 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.12 and newer it is
48 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
49 handle the new events. Specifically:
50
51 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
52 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
53 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
54 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
55 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
56 types — as that's for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
57 usually generated, for all other device types this change is still
58 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
59 future kernel uevent type additions).
60
61 • Similar, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
62 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
63 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
64 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
65 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
66 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
67 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
68 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
69 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
70 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
71 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
72 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
73
74 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
75 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
76 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
77 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set
78 at the moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
79 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
80 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
81 above).
82
83 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
84 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
85 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
86 behaviour change.
87
88 CHANGES WITH 246:
89
90 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
91 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
92 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
93
94 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
95 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
96
97 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
98 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
99 based on the NUMA mask.
100
101 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
102 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
103 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
104
105 * Two new unit file settings
106 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
107 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
108 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
109 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
110
111 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
112 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
113 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
114 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
115 instance).
116
117 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
118 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
119 service's processes shall include.
120
121 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
122 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
123 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
124 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
125
126 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
127 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
128 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
129 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
130 depending on socket type.
131
132 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
133 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
134 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
135 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
136 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
137 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
138 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
139 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
140 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
141 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
142
143 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
144 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
145 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
146 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
147 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
148 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
149 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
150 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
151
152 * .service unit files gained two new options
153 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
154 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
155 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
156
157 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
158 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
159 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
160 prefix is used.
161
162 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
163 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
164 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
165 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
166 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
167 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
168 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
169 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
170 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
171 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
172 key/certificate parameters support this now.
173
174 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
175 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
176 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
177 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
178 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
179 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
180
181 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
182 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
183 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
184 finally gone now.
185
186 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
187 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
188 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
189 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
190
191 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
192 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
193 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
194 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
195 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
196 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
197 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
198 which is quite likely a major security problem.
199
200 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
201 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
202 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
203 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
204 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
205
206 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
207 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
208 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
209 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
210 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
211
212 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
213 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
214 boot.
215
216 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
217 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
218 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
219 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
220 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
221 device.
222
223 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
224 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
225 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
226
227 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
228 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
229 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
230 conditions.
231
232 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
233 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
234 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
235 in order to make test cases more reliable.
236
237 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
238 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
239 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
240 the process that faulted.
241
242 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
243 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
244 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
245
246 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
247 devices that were tested to currectly support it. Previously, this
248 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
249 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
250 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
251
252 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
253 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
254 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
255 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
256 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
257
258 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
259 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
260 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
261 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
262 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
263
264 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
265 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
266 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
267 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
268 frame ring buffer sizes.
269
270 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
271 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
272
273 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
274 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
275
276 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
277 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
278 automatically assigned to the interface.
279
280 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
281 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
282 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
283 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
284 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
285 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
286 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
287 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
288 mode for Assign=.
289
290 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
291 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
292 source addresses.
293
294 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
295 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
296 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
297 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
298 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
299 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
300 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
301 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
302 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
303 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
304
305 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
306 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
307 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
308 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
309 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
310 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
311 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
312
313 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
314 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
315 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
316 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
317 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
318 the RA packets suggest it.
319
320 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
321 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
322 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
323 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
324
325 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
326 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
327 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
328 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
329 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
330 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
331 field.
332
333 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
334 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
335 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
336 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
337 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
338 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
339
340 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
341 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
342
343 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
344 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
345 the VLAN protocol to use.
346
347 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
348 of the .network files, to control the link group.
349
350 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
351 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
352 link local address is generated.
353
354 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
355 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
356 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
357 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
358 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
359 carefully picking an interface name to use.
360
361 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
362 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
363
364 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
365 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
366
367 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
368 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
369 are still understood to provide compatibility.
370
371 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
372 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
373 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
374 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
375 interfaces up or down.
376
377 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
378 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
379 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
380 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
381 interface may be specified (after "%").
382
383 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
384 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
385 public DNS servers are not used.
386
387 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
388
389 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
390 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
391 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
392 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
393 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
394 defined by systemd-resolved).
395
396 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
397 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
398 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
399
400 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
401 --property=…".
402
403 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
404 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
405 use --plain.
406
407 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
408 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
409 being deprecated in favor of this option.
410
411 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
412 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
413 process itself.
414
415 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
416 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
417 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
418 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
419 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
420 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
421 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
422 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
423 implementations.
424
425 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
426 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
427 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
428 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
429 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
430 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
431 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
432 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
433 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
434
435 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
436 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
437 initialization.
438
439 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
440 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
441 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
442
443 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
444 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
445 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
446 without any decoration.
447
448 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
449 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
450 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
451 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
452 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
453 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
454
455 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
456 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
457 coredump data from.
458
459 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
460 the zstd algorithm.
461
462 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
463 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
464 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
465 not block clean file system unmounting.
466
467 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
468 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
469 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
470
471 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
472 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
473 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
474 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
475
476 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
477 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
478
479 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
480 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
481 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
482 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
483 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
484 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
485 instead of operating on actual block devices.
486
487 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
488 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
489
490 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
491 instead of 0.
492
493 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
494 specifier expansion.
495
496 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
497 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
498 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
499 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
500 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
501
502 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
503 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
504 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
505 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
506 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
507
508 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
509 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
510 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
511 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
512 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
513 --fido2-device= option.
514
515 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
516 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
517 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
518 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
519 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
520 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
521 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
522
523 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
524 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
525 changed from ext2 to ext4.
526
527 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
528 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
529 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
530 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
531 before the system continues to boot.
532
533 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
534 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
535 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
536 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
537 instead of at installation time.
538
539 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
540 volumes with automatically from files in
541 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
542 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
543
544 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
545 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
546
547 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
548 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
549 instance.
550
551 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
552 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
553 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
554 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
555
556 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
557 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
558
559 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
560 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
561 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
562 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
563 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
564 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
565 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
566 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
567 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
568 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
569 incremental).
570
571 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
572 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
573 which it then operates.
574
575 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
576 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
577 directories for various resources.
578
579 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
580 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
581 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
582 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
583 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
584 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
585 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
586 via the new --no-block switch.
587
588 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
589 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
590 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
591 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
592 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
593 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
594 case.
595
596 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
597 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
598 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
599 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
600
601 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
602 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
603 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
604 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
605 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
606
607 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
608 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
609 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
610 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
611 vtable is associated with.
612
613 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
614 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
615 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
616 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
617
618 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
619 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
620 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
621
622 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
623
624 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
625 document the methods, signals and properties.
626
627 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
628 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
629 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
630 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
631 desktops has been added:
632
633 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
634 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
635 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
636
637 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
638 and has now moved to:
639
640 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
641
642 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
643 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
644 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
645 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
646 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
647 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
648 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
649
650 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
651 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
652 target of the service during runtime.
653
654 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
655 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
656 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
657
658 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
659 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
660 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
661 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
662 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
663 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
664 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
665 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
666 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
667 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
668 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
669 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
670 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
671 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
672 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
673 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
674 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
675 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
676 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
677 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
678 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
679 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
680 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
681 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
682 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
683 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
684 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
685 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
686 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
687 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
688 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
689 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
690 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
691 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
692 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
693 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
694 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
695 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
696
697 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
698
699 CHANGES WITH 245:
700
701 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
702 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
703 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
704 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
705 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
706 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
707 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
708 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
709 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
710 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
711 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
712 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
713 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
714 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
715 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
716 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
717 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
718 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
719 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
720 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
721 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
722
723 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
724 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
725 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
726 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
727 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
728 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
729 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
730 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
731 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
732 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
733 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
734 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
735 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
736 that for the first time resource management and various other
737 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
738 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
739 to apply on login. For further details see:
740
741 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
742 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
743 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
744
745 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
746 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
747 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
748 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
749 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
750 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
751 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
752 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
753 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
754
755 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
756
757 For further details about the format and expectations on home
758 directories this new daemon makes, see:
759
760 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
761
762 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
763 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
764 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
765 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
766 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
767 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
768 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
769 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
770 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
771 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
772 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
773 usage limitations and other settings.
774
775 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
776 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
777 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
778 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
779 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
780 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
781 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
782 resource usage.
783
784 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
785 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
786
787 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
788 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
789 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
790 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
791 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
792
793 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
794 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
795 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
796 itself and the default for all other processes.
797
798 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
799 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
800 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
801 database into account.
802
803 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
804 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
805 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
806 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
807
808 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
809 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
810 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
811 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
812 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
813 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
814 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
815 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
816 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
817 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
818
819 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
820 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
821 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
822 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
823 event source watching it is freed).
824
825 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
826 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
827 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
828 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
829
830 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
831 (IFB) network devices.
832
833 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
834 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
835
836 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
837 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
838 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
839 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
840 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
841 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
842
843 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
844 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
845 with its sense inverted.
846
847 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
848 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
849 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
850
851 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
852 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
853 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
854
855 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
856 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
857 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
858 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
859 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
860 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
861 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
862
863 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
864 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
865 debugging purposes.
866
867 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
868 group named differently than the user.
869
870 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
871 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
872 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
873
874 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
875 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
876 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
877 /etc/fstab.
878
879 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
880 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
881 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
882 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
883
884 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
885 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
886 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
887 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
888
889 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
890 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
891 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
892 Bernard.
893
894 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
895 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
896 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
897 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
898 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
899 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
900 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
901 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
902 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
903 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
904 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
905
906 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
907 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
908 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
909 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
910 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
911 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
912 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
913 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
914 command line option.
915
916 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
917 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
918
919 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
920 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
921 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
922 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
923 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
924 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
925 systemd-timedated.
926
927 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
928 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
929 GPT partition table types.
930
931 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
932 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
933 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
934
935 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
936
937 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
938 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
939 for the respective units.
940
941 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
942 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
943 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
944
945 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
946 "status" output.
947
948 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
949 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
950 disappear.
951
952 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
953 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
954 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
955 address is used.
956
957 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
958 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
959 dropped from the individual setting names.
960
961 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
962 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
963 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
964 such files in version 243.
965
966 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
967 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
968 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
969
970 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
971 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
972 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
973
974 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
975 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
976 with stopping and disablement.
977
978 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
979 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
980 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
981 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
982 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
983 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
984 some internal systemd services (most notably
985 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
986 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
987 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
988 this systemd release. See
989 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
990 additional discussion.
991
992 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
993 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
994 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
995 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
996 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
997 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
998 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
999 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
1000 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
1001 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
1002 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
1003 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
1004 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
1005 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
1006 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
1007 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
1008 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
1009 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
1010 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
1011 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
1012 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
1013 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
1014 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
1015 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
1016 DONG
1017
1018 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
1019
1020 CHANGES WITH 244:
1021
1022 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
1023 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
1024 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
1025 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
1026
1027 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
1028 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
1029 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
1030 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
1031
1032 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
1033 units.
1034
1035 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
1036 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
1037 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
1038 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
1039 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
1040 set the EFI variable.
1041
1042 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
1043 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
1044 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
1045 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
1046 and overrides the systemd setting.
1047
1048 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
1049 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
1050 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
1051 effect.)
1052
1053 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
1054 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
1055 that affects all corresponding unit files.
1056
1057 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
1058 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
1059
1060 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
1061 the unit being shown.
1062
1063 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
1064 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
1065 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
1066 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
1067 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
1068
1069 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
1070 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
1071 which need to use them.
1072
1073 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
1074 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
1075 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
1076 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
1077 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
1078 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
1079 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
1080 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
1081 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
1082 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
1083
1084 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
1085 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
1086 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
1087 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
1088 security tokens that were used previously.
1089
1090 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
1091 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
1092 improve power saving with many more devices.
1093
1094 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
1095 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
1096 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
1097
1098 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
1099 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
1100 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
1101 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
1102 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
1103
1104 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
1105 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
1106 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
1107 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
1108 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
1109
1110 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
1111 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
1112
1113 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
1114 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
1115
1116 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
1117 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
1118 now supported.
1119
1120 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
1121 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
1122
1123 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
1124 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
1125 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
1126
1127 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
1128 received from the server.
1129
1130 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
1131 set.
1132
1133 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
1134 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
1135
1136 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
1137 using a new SendOption= setting.
1138
1139 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
1140 service type" value used by the client.
1141
1142 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
1143 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
1144
1145 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
1146 a new SendOption= setting.
1147
1148 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
1149 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
1150
1151 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
1152 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
1153
1154 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
1155 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
1156 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
1157
1158 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
1159 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
1160 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
1161 BSSID for wireless links.
1162
1163 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
1164 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
1165
1166 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
1167 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
1168
1169 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
1170 disciplines in the kernel using the new
1171 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
1172 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
1173 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
1174 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
1175
1176 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
1177
1178 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
1179 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
1180 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
1181 on its own).
1182
1183 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
1184 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
1185 of the present time.
1186
1187 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
1188 reproducible image builds easier).
1189
1190 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
1191 Specification.
1192
1193 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
1194 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
1195 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
1196 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
1197
1198 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
1199 is being used.
1200
1201 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
1202
1203 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
1204 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
1205 path as the system manager.
1206
1207 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
1208 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
1209 representation").
1210
1211 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
1212 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
1213 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
1214 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
1215 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
1216 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
1217 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
1218 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
1219
1220 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
1221 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
1222 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
1223 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
1224 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
1225 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
1226 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
1227 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
1228 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
1229 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1230 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
1231 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
1232 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
1233 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
1234 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
1235 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
1236 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
1237 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
1238 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
1239 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
1240 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
1241 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
1242 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1243
1244 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
1245
1246 CHANGES WITH 243:
1247
1248 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
1249 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
1250 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
1251 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
1252 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
1253 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
1254 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
1255 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
1256
1257 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
1258 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
1259 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
1260 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
1261 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
1262 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
1263 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
1264 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
1265 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
1266 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
1267 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
1268 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
1269 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
1270 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
1271 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
1272 documentation.
1273
1274 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
1275 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
1276 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
1277 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
1278 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
1279 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
1280 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
1281 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
1282 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
1283 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
1284 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
1285 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
1286 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
1287 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
1288 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
1289 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
1290
1291 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
1292 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
1293 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
1294 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
1295
1296 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
1297 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
1298
1299 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
1300 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
1301 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
1302 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
1303 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
1304 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
1305 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
1306 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
1307 caught up with the kernel API changes.
1308
1309 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
1310 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
1311 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
1312 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
1313 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
1314 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
1315 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
1316 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
1317 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
1318 packagers.
1319
1320 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
1321 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
1322
1323 build/man/man systemctl
1324 build/man/html systemd.index
1325
1326 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
1327 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
1328
1329 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
1330 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
1331 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
1332 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1333 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1334 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1335
1336 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1337 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1338 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1339 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1340 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1341 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1342 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1343 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1344 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1345 unambiguously distinguished.
1346
1347 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1348 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1349 very rarely used.
1350
1351 To replace this functionality, users should:
1352 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1353 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1354 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1355 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1356 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1357
1358 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1359 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1360 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1361 interfaces should really be matched.
1362
1363 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1364 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1365 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1366 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1367 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1368 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1369
1370 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1371 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1372 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1373 stop the whole unit.
1374
1375 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1376 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1377 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1378 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1379 generated whenever a unit stops.
1380
1381 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1382 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1383 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1384 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1385
1386 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1387 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1388 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1389 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1390 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1391
1392 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1393 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1394 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1395 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1396 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1397 programs set up externally.
1398
1399 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1400 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1401 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1402 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1403
1404 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1405 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1406 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1407 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1408 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1409 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1410 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1411
1412 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1413 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1414 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1415 as before.
1416
1417 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1418 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1419 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1420 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1421 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1422 links on terminals that support that.
1423
1424 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1425 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1426 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1427
1428 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1429
1430 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1431 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1432 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1433 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1434 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1435 The default remains unchanged.
1436
1437 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1438 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1439
1440 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1441 udev property.
1442
1443 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
1444 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
1445 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
1446
1447 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
1448 interfaces natively.
1449
1450 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
1451 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
1452 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
1453 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
1454
1455 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
1456 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
1457 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
1458 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
1459 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
1460 RELEASE message when terminating.
1461
1462 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
1463 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
1464
1465 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
1466 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
1467 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
1468 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
1469 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
1470 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
1471 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
1472
1473 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
1474 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
1475 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
1476 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
1477 added to the GENEVE support.
1478
1479 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
1480 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
1481 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
1482 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
1483 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
1484
1485 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
1486 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
1487 onto the network device.
1488
1489 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
1490 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
1491 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
1492 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
1493 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
1494
1495 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
1496 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
1497 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
1498
1499 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
1500 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
1501
1502 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
1503 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
1504
1505 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
1506 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
1507 statistics.
1508
1509 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
1510 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
1511 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
1512
1513 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
1514 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
1515
1516 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
1517 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
1518 specific udev properties.
1519
1520 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
1521 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
1522 "lo" as underlying device.
1523
1524 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
1525 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
1526 IP addresses, too.
1527
1528 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
1529 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
1530 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
1531 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
1532
1533 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
1534 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
1535 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
1536 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
1537
1538 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
1539 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
1540 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
1541
1542 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
1543 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
1544 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
1545
1546 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
1547
1548 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
1549 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
1550 does the same for recurring calendar events.
1551
1552 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
1553 durations as opposed to points in time).
1554
1555 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
1556 expressions.
1557
1558 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
1559 codes to their names and back.
1560
1561 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
1562 file paths and unit aliases.
1563
1564 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
1565 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
1566 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
1567 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
1568
1569 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
1570 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
1571 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
1572 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
1573 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
1574 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
1575 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
1576 udev rules for that purpose.
1577
1578 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
1579 a device to be initialized.
1580
1581 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
1582 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
1583 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
1584
1585 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
1586 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
1587 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
1588 with gcc's cleanup extension.
1589
1590 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
1591 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
1592 with printf().
1593
1594 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
1595 XML introspection data unmodified.
1596
1597 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
1598 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
1599 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
1600 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
1601
1602 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
1603 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
1604 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
1605 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
1606 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
1607 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
1608 configured to handle the watchdog.
1609
1610 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
1611 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
1612 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
1613
1614 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
1615 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
1616 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
1617
1618 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
1619 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
1620 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
1621 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
1622 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
1623
1624 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
1625 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
1626 review.
1627
1628 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
1629 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
1630
1631 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
1632 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
1633
1634 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
1635 failures to apply them are now ignored.
1636
1637 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
1638 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
1639 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
1640 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
1641
1642 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
1643 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
1644 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
1645 service.
1646
1647 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
1648 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
1649 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
1650 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
1651 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
1652 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
1653 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
1654 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
1655 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
1656 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
1657 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
1658 a seed was received from the boot loader.
1659
1660 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
1661
1662 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
1663 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
1664 above.
1665
1666 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
1667 installed.
1668
1669 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
1670 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
1671 bootloader entry).
1672
1673 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
1674 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
1675
1676 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
1677
1678 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
1679 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
1680 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
1681 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
1682 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
1683
1684 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
1685 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
1686 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
1687
1688 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
1689 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
1690
1691 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
1692 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
1693 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1694
1695 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1696 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1697 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1698 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1699 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1700 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1701 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1702 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1703 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1704 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1705 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1706 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1707 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1708 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1709 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1710 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1711 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1712 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1713 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1714 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1715 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1716 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1717 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1718 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1719 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1720 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1721 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1722 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1723 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1724 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1725
1726 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1727
1728 CHANGES WITH 242:
1729
1730 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1731 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1732 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1733 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1734 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1735 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1736 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1737
1738 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1739 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1740
1741 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1742 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1743 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1744 may be used to view this.
1745
1746 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1747 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1748 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1749 ```
1750 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1751 [Match]
1752 Type=bridge
1753
1754 [Link]
1755 MACAddressPolicy=none
1756 ```
1757
1758 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1759 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1760 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1761 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1762 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1763 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1764 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1765
1766 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1767 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1768
1769 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1770 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1771
1772 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1773 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1774
1775 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1776 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1777 is a USB peripheral).
1778
1779 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1780 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1781 measured.
1782
1783 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1784 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1785 have privileges to do so).
1786
1787 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1788 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1789 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1790
1791 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1792 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1793 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1794 namespace.
1795
1796 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1797 in which case environment variable substitution is
1798 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1799
1800 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1801 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1802 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1803 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1804 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1805
1806 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1807 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1808 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1809 installed CPU cores.
1810
1811 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1812 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1813 kernel 4.15.
1814
1815 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1816 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1817 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1818 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1819 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1820
1821 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1822 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1823 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1824
1825 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1826 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1827 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1828 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1829 enslaved devices is not operational.
1830
1831 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1832 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1833
1834 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1835 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1836 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1837 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1838 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1839 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1840
1841 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1842 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1843
1844 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1845
1846 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1847 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1848 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1849
1850 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1851 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1852
1853 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1854 configure CAN triple sampling.
1855
1856 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1857 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1858
1859 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1860 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1861 details.
1862
1863 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1864 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1865 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1866 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1867 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1868 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1869
1870 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1871
1872 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1873 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1874 controlling project quota inheritance.
1875
1876 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1877 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1878 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1879 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1880 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1881 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1882 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1883 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1884 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1885 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1886 partition.
1887
1888 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1889 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1890 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1891 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1892 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1893
1894 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1895 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1896
1897 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1898 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1899 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1900 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1901 be used in production yet.
1902
1903 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1904 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1905 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1906 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1907 input, output, and error are set up.
1908
1909 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1910
1911 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1912 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1913 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1914
1915 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1916 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1917 the specified expression will elapse next.
1918
1919 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1920 introspection data.
1921
1922 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1923 the reboot() system call expects.
1924
1925 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1926 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1927 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1928
1929 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1930 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1931 ConditionVirtualization=).
1932
1933 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1934 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1935 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1936 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1937 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1938 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1939 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1940 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1941 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1942 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1943 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1944 during reboot with their own operations.
1945
1946 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1947 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1948 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1949 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1950
1951 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1952 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1953 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1954 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1955 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1956
1957 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1958 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1959
1960 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1961 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1962 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1963 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1964 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1965 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1966 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1967 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1968 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1969
1970 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1971 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1972 prohibited.
1973
1974 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1975 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1976 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1977 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1978 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1979 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1980 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1981 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1982
1983 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
1984 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
1985 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
1986 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
1987 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
1988 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
1989 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
1990 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
1991 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
1992 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
1993 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1994 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
1995 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
1996 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
1997 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
1998 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
1999 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
2000 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2001
2002 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
2003
2004 CHANGES WITH 241:
2005
2006 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
2007 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
2008 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
2009
2010 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
2011 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
2012 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
2013 include the package release information.
2014
2015 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
2016 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
2017 option.
2018
2019 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
2020 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
2021 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
2022
2023 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
2024 again.
2025
2026 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
2027 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
2028 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
2029 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
2030 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
2031 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
2032 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
2033 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
2034 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
2035 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
2036 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
2037 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
2038 installed .link files to *not* include it.
2039
2040 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
2041 "persistent", now works again as documented.
2042
2043 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
2044 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
2045
2046 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
2047 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
2048 used for side-channel attacks.
2049
2050 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
2051 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
2052 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
2053
2054 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
2055 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
2056 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
2057 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
2058 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
2059 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
2060
2061 fs.protected_regular = 0
2062 fs.protected_fifos = 0
2063
2064 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
2065 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
2066
2067 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
2068 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
2069 POSIX shells.
2070
2071 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
2072 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
2073
2074 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
2075 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
2076 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
2077 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
2078 points but otherwise empty.
2079
2080 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
2081 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
2082 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
2083
2084 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
2085 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
2086
2087 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
2088 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
2089
2090 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
2091 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
2092 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
2093 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
2094 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
2095 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
2096 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
2097 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
2098 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
2099 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2100 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2101 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
2102 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
2103 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
2104 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
2105 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2106 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
2107
2108 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
2109
2110 CHANGES WITH 240:
2111
2112 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
2113 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
2114 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
2115 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
2116 an SELinux policy update is required.
2117 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
2118
2119 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
2120 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
2121 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
2122 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
2123 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
2124 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
2125 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
2126 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
2127 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
2128 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
2129
2130 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
2131 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
2132 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
2133 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
2134 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
2135 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
2136 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
2137 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
2138 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
2139 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
2140 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
2141 the search path.
2142
2143 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
2144 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
2145 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
2146 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
2147 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
2148 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
2149 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
2150 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
2151 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
2152 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
2153 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
2154 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
2155 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
2156 start job.
2157
2158 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
2159 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
2160 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
2161 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
2162 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
2163 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
2164 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
2165 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
2166 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
2167 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
2168
2169 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
2170 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
2171 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
2172 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
2173 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
2174 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
2175 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
2176 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
2177 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
2178 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
2179 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
2180 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
2181 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
2182 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
2183 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
2184 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
2185 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
2186 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
2187 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
2188 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
2189 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
2190 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
2191 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
2192 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
2193 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
2194 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
2195 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
2196 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
2197 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
2198 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
2199 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
2200 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
2201 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
2202 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
2203 Java.)
2204
2205 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
2206 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
2207 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
2208 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
2209 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
2210 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
2211 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
2212 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
2213 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
2214 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
2215
2216 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
2217 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
2218 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
2219 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
2220 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
2221 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
2222
2223 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
2224 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
2225 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
2226 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
2227 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
2228
2229 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
2230 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
2231
2232 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
2233 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
2234 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
2235
2236 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
2237 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
2238
2239 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
2240 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
2241 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
2242
2243 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
2244 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
2245 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
2246 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
2247 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
2248 latency.
2249
2250 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
2251 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
2252
2253 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
2254 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
2255 instance part of a unit name.
2256
2257 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
2258 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
2259 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
2260 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
2261 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
2262 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
2263 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
2264 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
2265 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
2266
2267 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
2268 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
2269 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
2270 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
2271
2272 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
2273 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
2274 to a file, and appending to it.
2275
2276 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
2277 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
2278 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
2279 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
2280 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
2281 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
2282
2283 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
2284 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
2285 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
2286 having to touch C code.
2287
2288 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
2289 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
2290
2291 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
2292 DNS-over-TLS.
2293
2294 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
2295 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
2296 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
2297
2298 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
2299 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
2300 until the system finished start-up.
2301
2302 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
2303
2304 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
2305 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
2306 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
2307 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
2308 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
2309 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
2310 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
2311
2312 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
2313 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
2314 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
2315 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
2316 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
2317 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
2318 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
2319 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
2320 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
2321 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
2322 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
2323 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
2324
2325 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
2326 instantiate services.
2327
2328 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
2329 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
2330
2331 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
2332 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2333 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2334
2335 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2336 it is neither used nor maintained.
2337
2338 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2339 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2340 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2341 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2342 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2343 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2344 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2345 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2346 separated by colons.
2347
2348 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2349 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2350
2351 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2352 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2353
2354 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2355 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2356
2357 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2358 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2359 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2360 directly.
2361
2362 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2363 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2364 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2365 ID.
2366
2367 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2368 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2369
2370 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2371 and LOGO=.
2372
2373 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2374 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2375 from any hibernated image.
2376
2377 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2378 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2379 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2380 kernel exports them.
2381
2382 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2383 /usr/bin/.
2384
2385 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2386 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2387 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2388 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2389 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2390 now documented here:
2391
2392 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2393
2394 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2395 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2396 installs during early boot.
2397
2398 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2399 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2400
2401 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2402 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2403
2404 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2405 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2406 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2407
2408 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2409 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2410 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2411 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2412 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2413 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2414 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2415 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2416 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2417 is on AC power.
2418
2419 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2420 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2421 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2422 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2423 see:
2424
2425 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2426
2427 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2428 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2429 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2430 and container environments.
2431
2432 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2433 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2434 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2435 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2436
2437 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2438 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2439 journald per-service.
2440
2441 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2442 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2443
2444 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
2445 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
2446 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
2447 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
2448
2449 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
2450 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
2451 groups.
2452
2453 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
2454 --ephemeral command line switch.
2455
2456 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
2457 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
2458 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
2459 object itself.
2460
2461 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
2462 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
2463 not unloaded).
2464
2465 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
2466 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
2467 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
2468
2469 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
2470 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
2471 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
2472 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
2473 "dead" state on success.
2474
2475 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
2476 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
2477 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
2478 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
2479 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
2480 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
2481 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
2482 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
2483 well-defined system service context.
2484
2485 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
2486 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
2487 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
2488 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
2489
2490 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
2491 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
2492 continue to be used.
2493
2494 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
2495 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
2496 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
2497 for example:
2498
2499 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
2500
2501 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
2502 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
2503 the command line's exit code.
2504
2505 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
2506
2507 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
2508
2509 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
2510 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
2511 support to systemctl and all other commands.
2512
2513 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
2514 name as argument.
2515
2516 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
2517 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
2518 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
2519 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
2520 is improved.
2521
2522 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
2523 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
2524 initialize one to all 0xFF.
2525
2526 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
2527 all files and directories listed in
2528 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
2529 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
2530 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
2531 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
2532 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
2533 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
2534 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
2535 the transition to the host OS.
2536
2537 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
2538 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
2539 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
2540 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
2541 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
2542 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
2543 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
2544 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
2545 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
2546 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
2547 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
2548 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
2549 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
2550 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
2551 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
2552 these are opened they don't work.
2553
2554 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
2555 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
2556 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
2557 logic works again.
2558
2559 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
2560 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
2561 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
2562 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
2563 ignore it.
2564
2565 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
2566 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
2567 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
2568 commands.
2569
2570 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
2571 pam_systemd anymore.
2572
2573 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
2574 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
2575 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
2576 policy took effect.
2577
2578 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
2579 python-3.5.
2580
2581 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
2582 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
2583 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
2584 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
2585 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
2586 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
2587 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
2588 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
2589 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
2590 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
2591 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
2592 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
2593 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
2594 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
2595 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
2596 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
2597 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2598 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
2599 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
2600 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
2601 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
2602 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
2603 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
2604 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
2605 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
2606 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
2607 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2608 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
2609 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
2610 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
2611 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
2612 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
2613 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
2614 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
2615 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
2616 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
2617 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
2618 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
2619 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
2620 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
2621 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
2622 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
2623 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
2624 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
2625 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
2626
2627 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
2628
2629 CHANGES WITH 239:
2630
2631 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
2632 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
2633 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
2634 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
2635 a slot number associated.
2636
2637 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
2638 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
2639 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
2640 independent.
2641
2642 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
2643 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
2644 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2645
2646 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
2647 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
2648 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
2649 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2650
2651 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
2652 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
2653 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
2654 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
2655 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
2656 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
2657 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
2658 e.g. NIS.
2659
2660 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
2661 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
2662 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
2663 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
2664 may be necessary to update the file.
2665
2666 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
2667 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
2668 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
2669 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
2670 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
2671 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
2672 documentation.
2673
2674 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
2675 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
2676 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
2677 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
2678 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
2679 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
2680 them.
2681
2682 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
2683 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
2684 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
2685 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
2686 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
2687
2688 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
2689 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
2690 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
2691 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
2692 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
2693 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2694 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
2695 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2696
2697 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2698 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2699 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2700 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2701 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2702
2703 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2704 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2705 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2706 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2707 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2708
2709 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2710 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2711 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2712
2713 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2714 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2715 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2716 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2717 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2718 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2719 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2720 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2721 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2722 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
2723 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2724 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2725 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2726 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2727 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2728 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2729 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2730 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2731 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2732 from.
2733
2734 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2735 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2736 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2737 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2738
2739 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2740 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2741 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2742 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2743
2744 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2745 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2746 hibernates again.
2747
2748 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2749 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2750
2751 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2752 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2753 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2754
2755 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2756 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2757 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2758 was not configurable and set to 512.
2759
2760 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2761 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2762 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2763 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2764 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2765 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2766 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2767 in particular su and sudo.
2768
2769 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2770 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2771 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2772 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2773 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2774 services.
2775
2776 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2777 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2778 files should work for hibernation now.
2779
2780 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2781 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2782 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2783 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2784 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2785 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2786 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2787 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2788 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2789 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2790 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2791 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2792 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2793 name following the last dash.
2794
2795 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2796 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2797 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2798 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2799 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2800
2801 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2802 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2803 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2804 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2805 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2806 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2807
2808 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2809 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2810 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2811 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2812
2813 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2814 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2815 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2816 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2817 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2818
2819 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2820 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2821 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2822 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2823 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2824 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2825 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2826 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2827 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2828 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2829 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2830 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2831 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2832
2833 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2834 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2835 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2836 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2837 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2838 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2839 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2840 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2841 settings.
2842
2843 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2844 expiration feature, if it is available.
2845
2846 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2847 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2848 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2849
2850 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2851 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2852
2853 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2854
2855 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2856 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2857
2858 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2859 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2860 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2861 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2862 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2863 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2864 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2865 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2866 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2867 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2868 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2869
2870 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2871 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2872 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2873 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2874
2875 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2876 about its state.
2877
2878 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2879 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2880 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2881 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2882
2883 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2884 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2885 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2886 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2887 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2888 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2889 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2890 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2891 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2892 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2893 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2894
2895 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2896 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2897
2898 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2899 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2900 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2901 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2902 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2903 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2904
2905 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2906 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2907 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2908 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2909 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2910 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2911 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2912
2913 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2914 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2915 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2916 shown.)
2917
2918 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2919 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2920 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2921 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2922 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2923 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2924 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2925 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2926 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2927
2928 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2929 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2930 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2931
2932 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2933 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2934 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2935 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2936 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2937 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2938 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2939 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2940
2941 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2942
2943 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2944 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2945 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2946
2947 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2948 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2949
2950 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2951 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2952 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2953
2954 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2955
2956 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2957
2958 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2959 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2960
2961 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2962 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2963 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2964 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2965 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2966 external user databases.
2967
2968 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2969 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2970 refused due to the enforced limits.
2971
2972 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2973 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2974 manages.
2975
2976 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2977 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2978 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2979 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2980 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2981 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2982 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2983 where this is now used by default.
2984
2985 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
2986 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
2987
2988 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
2989 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
2990 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
2991 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
2992 update process in a generic way.
2993
2994 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
2995
2996 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
2997 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
2998 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
2999 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
3000 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
3001 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
3002 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
3003 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
3004 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
3005 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
3006 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
3007 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
3008 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
3009 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
3010 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
3011 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
3012 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
3013 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
3014 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
3015 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
3016 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
3017 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
3018 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
3019 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
3020 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
3021 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
3022 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
3023 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
3024 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3025
3026 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
3027
3028 CHANGES WITH 238:
3029
3030 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
3031 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
3032 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
3033 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
3034 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
3035 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
3036 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
3037 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
3038 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
3039 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
3040 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
3041 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
3042 to revert this change.
3043
3044 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
3045 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
3046 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
3047 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
3048 once at the end of the transaction.
3049
3050 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
3051 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
3052 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
3053 scripts.
3054
3055 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
3056 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
3057 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
3058 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
3059 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
3060 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
3061 still allowing local admin overrides.
3062
3063 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
3064 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
3065 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
3066
3067 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
3068 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
3069 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
3070 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
3071 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
3072
3073 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
3074 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
3075 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
3076 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
3077 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
3078 from package installation scripts.
3079
3080 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
3081 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
3082 without the user number ("u username -:456").
3083
3084 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
3085 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
3086
3087 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
3088 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
3089 /sbin/nologin for other users).
3090
3091 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
3092 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
3093 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
3094 --systemd, --user, or --global).
3095
3096 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
3097 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
3098 which are triggered meanwhile).
3099
3100 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
3101 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
3102 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
3103 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
3104 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
3105
3106 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
3107 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
3108 rotated very quickly.
3109
3110 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
3111 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
3112 pending bus messages.
3113
3114 * systemd gained a new
3115 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
3116 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
3117 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
3118 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
3119 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
3120 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
3121 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
3122 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
3123 session scope.
3124
3125 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
3126 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
3127 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
3128 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
3129 the tree to be accessed.
3130
3131 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
3132 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
3133 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
3134
3135 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
3136 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
3137 to keys in the main keyring.
3138
3139 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
3140
3141 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
3142 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
3143
3144 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
3145
3146 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
3147 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
3148 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
3149 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
3150 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
3151 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
3152 explicitly.
3153
3154 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
3155 the colour of "OK" status messages.
3156
3157 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
3158 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
3159 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
3160 be restarted.
3161
3162 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
3163 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
3164
3165 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
3166 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
3167 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
3168 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
3169 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
3170 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
3171 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
3172 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3173 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
3174 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
3175 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
3176 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
3177 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3178 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3179 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
3180 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
3181
3182 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
3183
3184 CHANGES WITH 237:
3185
3186 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
3187 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
3188 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
3189 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
3190
3191 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
3192 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
3193 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
3194 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
3195 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
3196 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
3197 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
3198 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
3199 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
3200 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
3201
3202 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
3203 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
3204 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
3205 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
3206 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
3207 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
3208 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
3209 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
3210 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
3211 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
3212
3213 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
3214 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
3215 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
3216 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
3217 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
3218 now provides explicit control.
3219
3220 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
3221 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
3222 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
3223 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
3224 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
3225 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
3226 unit types that already supported transient operation.
3227
3228 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
3229 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
3230 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
3231
3232 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
3233 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
3234
3235 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
3236 .network files all gained support for a new condition
3237 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
3238 versions.
3239
3240 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
3241 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
3242 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
3243 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
3244 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
3245 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
3246 understands RapidCommit=.
3247
3248 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
3249 Delegation.
3250
3251 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
3252 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
3253 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
3254 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
3255 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
3256 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
3257 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
3258 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
3259 --watch-bind= command line switch.
3260
3261 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
3262 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
3263 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
3264 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
3265 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
3266 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
3267 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
3268 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
3269 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
3270 "Disconnected" signals).
3271
3272 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
3273 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
3274 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
3275 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
3276 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
3277 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
3278 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
3279 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
3280 round-trips are removed.
3281
3282 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
3283 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
3284 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
3285 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
3286
3287 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
3288 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
3289 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
3290 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
3291 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
3292 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
3293
3294 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
3295 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
3296 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
3297 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
3298 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
3299 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
3300 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
3301 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
3302 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
3303 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
3304
3305 * sd-event gained a new call pair
3306 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
3307 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
3308 when the event source is destroyed.
3309
3310 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
3311 connections.
3312
3313 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
3314 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
3315 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
3316 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
3317 new transitional flag file has been added: if
3318 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
3319 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
3320
3321 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
3322 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
3323 manager.
3324
3325 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
3326 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
3327 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
3328 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
3329 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
3330
3331 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
3332 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3333 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3334 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3335 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3336 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3337
3338 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3339 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3340 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3341 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3342 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3343 level/target is given as an argument.
3344
3345 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3346 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3347 where UID and GID do not match.
3348
3349 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3350 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3351 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3352 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3353 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3354 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3355 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3356 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3357 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3358 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3359 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3360 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3361 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3362 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3363 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3364 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3365 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3366 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3367 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3368 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3369 Палаузов
3370
3371 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3372
3373 CHANGES WITH 236:
3374
3375 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3376 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3377 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3378 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3379
3380 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3381 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3382 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3383 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3384 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3385 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3386 valid specifiers today.)
3387
3388 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3389 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3390 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3391 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3392 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3393 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3394
3395 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3396 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3397 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3398 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3399
3400 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3401 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3402 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3403 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3404 services are resolved properly.
3405
3406 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3407 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3408 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3409 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3410 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3411 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3412 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3413 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3414 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3415 and btrfs.
3416
3417 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3418 DNS server and domain information.
3419
3420 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3421 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3422 runtime.
3423
3424 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3425 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3426 empty for the first time.
3427
3428 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3429 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3430 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3431 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3432 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3433 running in the user session.
3434
3435 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3436 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3437 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3438 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3439 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3440 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3441 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3442 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3443 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
3444 user instance).
3445
3446 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
3447 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
3448
3449 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
3450 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
3451 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
3452 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
3453
3454 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
3455 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
3456
3457 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
3458 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
3459 sleep verbs.
3460
3461 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
3462
3463 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
3464 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
3465
3466 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
3467
3468 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
3469 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
3470 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
3471
3472 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
3473 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
3474 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
3475 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
3476 instance.
3477
3478 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
3479 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
3480 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
3481
3482 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
3483 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
3484 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
3485
3486 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
3487
3488 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
3489 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
3490 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
3491 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
3492 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
3493 processes.
3494
3495 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
3496 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
3497 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
3498 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
3499
3500 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
3501 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
3502 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
3503
3504 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
3505 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
3506 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
3507 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
3508 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
3509
3510 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
3511 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
3512
3513 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
3514 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
3515 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
3516 time the specified expression would elapse.
3517
3518 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
3519 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
3520 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
3521 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
3522 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
3523 types, not just services.
3524
3525 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
3526 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
3527 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
3528 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
3529
3530 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
3531 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
3532 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
3533 interface for this purpose.
3534
3535 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
3536 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
3537 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
3538 anyway.
3539
3540 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
3541 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3542 requirements of systemd.
3543
3544 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
3545 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
3546 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
3547
3548 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
3549 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
3550 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
3551 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
3552
3553 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
3554 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
3555 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
3556 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
3557
3558 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
3559 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
3560
3561 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
3562 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
3563 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
3564 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
3565 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
3566 managing software supports (such as pppd).
3567
3568 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
3569 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
3570 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
3571
3572 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
3573 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
3574 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
3575 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
3576 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
3577 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
3578 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
3579 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
3580 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
3581 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
3582 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
3583 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
3584 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
3585 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
3586 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
3587 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
3588 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
3589 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3590 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
3591 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
3592 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
3593 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3594 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3595
3596 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3597
3598 CHANGES WITH 235:
3599
3600 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
3601 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
3602 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
3603 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
3604 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
3605 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
3606 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
3607 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
3608 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
3609 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
3610 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
3611 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
3612 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
3613 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
3614 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
3615 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
3616 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
3617 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
3618 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
3619 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
3620 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
3621 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
3622 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
3623 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
3624 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
3625 IPAddressDeny= see below.
3626
3627 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
3628 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
3629 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
3630 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
3631 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
3632 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
3633 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
3634 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
3635
3636 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
3637 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
3638 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
3639 used to change those values.
3640
3641 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
3642 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
3643 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
3644 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
3645 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
3646 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
3647
3648 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
3649 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
3650 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
3651 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
3652
3653 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
3654 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
3655 one top-level directory.
3656
3657 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3658 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
3659 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
3660 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
3661 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
3662 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
3663 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
3664 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
3665 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
3666 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
3667 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
3668 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
3669 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
3670 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
3671 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
3672
3673 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
3674 Meson-only.
3675
3676 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
3677 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
3678 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
3679 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
3680 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
3681 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
3682 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
3683 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
3684 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
3685 acceptable to us.
3686
3687 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
3688 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
3689 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
3690 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
3691 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
3692 requested at build time.
3693
3694 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3695 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3696 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3697 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3698 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3699 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3700 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3701 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3702 Type= setting which permits configuring
3703 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3704
3705 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3706 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3707 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3708 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3709 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3710 local frames between bridge ports.
3711
3712 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3713 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3714 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3715
3716 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3717 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3718
3719 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3720 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3721 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3722 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
3723
3724 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3725 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3726 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3727 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3728 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3729 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3730 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3731 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3732
3733 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3734 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3735 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3736 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3737 command.)
3738
3739 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3740 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3741 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3742
3743 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3744 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3745 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3746 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3747
3748 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3749 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3750 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3751 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3752 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3753 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3754 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3755 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3756 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3757 on systems where this is not supported.
3758
3759 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3760 sockets.
3761
3762 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3763 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3764 during runtime.
3765
3766 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3767 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3768 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3769
3770 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3771 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3772 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3773
3774 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3775 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3776 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3777 Following this logic, two new special targets
3778 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3779 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3780 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3781
3782 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3783 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3784 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3785 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3786
3787 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3788 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3789 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3790 --wait".
3791
3792 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3793 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3794 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3795 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3796 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3797 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3798 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3799 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3800 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3801
3802 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3803 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3804 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3805 invocation.
3806
3807 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3808 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3809 processes.
3810
3811 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3812 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3813 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3814 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3815 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3816 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3817 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3818 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3819 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3820 systems for all five operations.
3821
3822 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3823 the system.
3824
3825 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3826 than UTC or the local timezone.
3827
3828 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3829 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3830 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3831 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3832 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3833 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3834 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3835 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3836
3837 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3838 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3839 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3840 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3841 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3842 again.
3843
3844 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3845 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3846 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3847
3848 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3849 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3850 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3851 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3852 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3853 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3854 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3855 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3856 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3857 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3858 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3859 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3860 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3861 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3862 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3863 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3864 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3865 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3866 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3867 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3868
3869 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3870
3871 CHANGES WITH 234:
3872
3873 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3874 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3875 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3876 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3877 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3878 summary:
3879
3880 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3881
3882 becomes:
3883
3884 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3885
3886 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3887 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3888 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3889 .device units.
3890
3891 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3892 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3893 running a systemd user instance.
3894
3895 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3896 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3897 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3898 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3899 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3900 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3901
3902 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3903
3904 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3905 (domain search list).
3906
3907 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3908 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3909 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3910 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3911 implementation of RA.
3912
3913 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3914 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3915 ISO date values.
3916
3917 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3918 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3919 devices.
3920
3921 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3922 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3923 option.
3924
3925 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3926 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3927 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3928 default yet.
3929
3930 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3931 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3932 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3933 SHA256SUMS files.
3934
3935 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3936 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3937
3938 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3939
3940 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3941
3942 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3943 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3944
3945 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3946 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3947 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3948 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3949
3950 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3951 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3952 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3953 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3954 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3955 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3956 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3957 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3958 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3959 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3960
3961 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3962 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3963 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3964 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3965 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3966 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3967 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3968 after all the plugins exit.
3969
3970 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3971 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3972 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3973 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3974 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3975 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3976 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3977 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3978 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3979 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3980 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3981 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3982 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3983 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
3984 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
3985 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3986 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
3987 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
3988 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
3989 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
3990 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
3991 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
3992 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
3993 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
3994 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3995 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
3996 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3997 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
3998 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
3999 Георгиевски
4000
4001 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4002
4003 CHANGES WITH 233:
4004
4005 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
4006 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
4007 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
4008 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
4009 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
4010 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
4011 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
4012 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
4013 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
4014
4015 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
4016 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
4017 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
4018 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
4019 default selected on the configure command line
4020 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
4021 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
4022 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
4023 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
4024 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
4025 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
4026 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
4027 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
4028 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
4029 greatest stability and compatibility only.
4030
4031 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
4032 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
4033 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
4034 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
4035 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
4036 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
4037 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
4038 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
4039 further details about this.)
4040
4041 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
4042 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
4043 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
4044
4045 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
4046 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
4047
4048 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4049 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
4050 with 'make install-tests'.
4051
4052 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
4053 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
4054 kernel.
4055
4056 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
4057 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
4058 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
4059 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
4060 by the Slice= option.
4061
4062 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
4063 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
4064 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
4065 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
4066
4067 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
4068 following choices:
4069
4070 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
4071 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
4072 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
4073 (h)elp
4074 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
4075 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
4076 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
4077 (y)es, execute the command
4078
4079 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
4080 because its meaning was confusing.
4081
4082 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
4083 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
4084
4085 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
4086 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
4087 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
4088
4089 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
4090 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
4091 state directly, without executing these commands.
4092
4093 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
4094 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
4095 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
4096
4097 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
4098 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
4099 combination with After=) have been started.
4100
4101 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
4102 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
4103 setting, and which system calls they contain.
4104
4105 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
4106 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
4107 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
4108 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
4109 configuration related calls.
4110
4111 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
4112 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
4113 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
4114 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
4115 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
4116 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
4117 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
4118
4119 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
4120 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
4121
4122 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
4123 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
4124 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
4125
4126 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
4127 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
4128
4129 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
4130 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
4131 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
4132 for compatibility.
4133
4134 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
4135 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
4136
4137 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
4138 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
4139
4140 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
4141 support for negative matching.
4142
4143 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
4144
4145 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
4146 permitted runtime of the mount command.
4147
4148 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
4149 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
4150 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
4151 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
4152 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
4153 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
4154 removed from the drive.
4155
4156 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
4157 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
4158
4159 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
4160 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
4161
4162 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
4163 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
4164 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
4165
4166 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
4167 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
4168 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
4169 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
4170 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
4171 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
4172 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
4173
4174 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
4175 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
4176 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
4177 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
4178 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
4179 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
4180
4181 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
4182 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
4183
4184 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
4185 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
4186 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
4187 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
4188 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
4189 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
4190 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
4191 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
4192
4193 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
4194 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
4195 including all control processes.
4196
4197 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
4198 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
4199 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
4200
4201 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4202 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
4203 prefixing the source path with "+".
4204
4205 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4206 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
4207 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
4208 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
4209 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
4210 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
4211 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
4212 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
4213
4214 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
4215 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
4216 before).
4217
4218 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
4219 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
4220 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
4221 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
4222 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
4223 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
4224 the new --root-hash= command line option).
4225
4226 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
4227 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
4228 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
4229 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
4230 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
4231 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
4232 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
4233 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
4234 versions.
4235
4236 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
4237 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
4238 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
4239 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
4240 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
4241 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
4242 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
4243 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
4244 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
4245 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
4246 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
4247 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
4248 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
4249 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
4250 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
4251 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
4252 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
4253 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
4254 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
4255 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
4256 a Verity-enabled root partition.
4257
4258 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
4259 accelerometer quirks.
4260
4261 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
4262 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
4263 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
4264 ID of each service.
4265
4266 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
4267 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
4268 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
4269 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
4270 view.
4271
4272 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
4273 environment variables:
4274
4275 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
4276
4277 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
4278 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
4279 address.
4280
4281 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
4282 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
4283 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
4284
4285 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
4286 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
4287 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
4288 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
4289 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
4290 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
4291 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
4292 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
4293 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
4294 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
4295 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
4296 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
4297 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
4298
4299 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
4300 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
4301 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
4302
4303 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
4304 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
4305
4306 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
4307 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
4308 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
4309 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
4310 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
4311
4312 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
4313 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
4314 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
4315
4316 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
4317 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
4318
4319 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
4320 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
4321 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
4322 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
4323
4324 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
4325 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
4326 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
4327 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
4328 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
4329 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
4330 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
4331 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
4332 possibly even including full integrity data.
4333
4334 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4335 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4336 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4337 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4338 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4339
4340 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4341 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4342 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4343 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4344 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4345
4346 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4347 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4348 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4349 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4350
4351 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4352 of coredumps in reverse order.
4353
4354 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4355 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4356 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4357 additional informational message in its output.
4358
4359 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4360 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4361 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4362
4363 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4364 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4365 scripting languages such as Python.
4366
4367 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4368 namespacing is enabled for them.
4369
4370 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4371 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4372 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4373 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4374 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4375 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4376
4377 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4378 root key (KSK).
4379
4380 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4381 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4382 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4383
4384 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4385 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4386 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4387 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4388 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4389 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4390 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4391 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4392 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4393 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4394 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4395 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4396 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4397 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4398 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4399 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4400 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4401 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4402 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4403 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4404 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4405 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4406 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4407 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4408 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4409 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4410 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4411 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4412 Тихонов
4413
4414 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4415
4416 CHANGES WITH 232:
4417
4418 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4419 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4420 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4421 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4422 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4423 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4424
4425 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4426 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4427
4428 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4429 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4430 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4431
4432 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4433 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4434 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4435
4436 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4437 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4438 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4439 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4440
4441 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4442 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4443
4444 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
4445 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
4446 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
4447
4448 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
4449 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
4450 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
4451 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
4452 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
4453 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
4454 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4455 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
4456 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
4457 permanent modifications to the system.
4458
4459 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4460 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
4461 container or chroot environments.
4462
4463 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
4464 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
4465 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
4466 mapped to nobody.
4467
4468 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
4469 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
4470 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
4471 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
4472
4473 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
4474 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
4475
4476 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
4477 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
4478 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
4479 and the support is provisional.
4480
4481 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
4482 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
4483 unit files in the file system).
4484
4485 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
4486 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
4487 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
4488 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
4489 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
4490 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
4491 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
4492 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
4493 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
4494 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
4495 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
4496 state is fixed automatically.
4497
4498 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
4499 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
4500 option.
4501
4502 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
4503 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
4504 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
4505 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
4506 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
4507 else.
4508
4509 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
4510 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
4511 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
4512 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
4513 bootable on physical systems.
4514
4515 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4516
4517 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
4518 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
4519 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
4520 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
4521 used.
4522
4523 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
4524 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4525 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
4526 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
4527
4528 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4529
4530 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4531 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
4532 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
4533 of the container).
4534
4535 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4536 files from the specified location.
4537
4538 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
4539 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
4540 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
4541 be active.
4542
4543 * The hardware database has been extended to support
4544 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
4545 trackball devices.
4546
4547 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
4548 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
4549 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
4550
4551 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
4552 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
4553 specified service binary exited.)
4554
4555 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4556 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
4557
4558 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4559 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
4560 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
4561 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
4562 --since= and --until= options.
4563
4564 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
4565 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
4566 are automatically propagated to the container.
4567
4568 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
4569 from a single IP address can be limited with
4570 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
4571 MaxConnections=.
4572
4573 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
4574 configuration.
4575
4576 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
4577 drop-ins.
4578
4579 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
4580 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
4581 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
4582 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
4583 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
4584 [Link] section of .link files.
4585
4586 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
4587 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
4588 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
4589 section of .netdev files.
4590
4591 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4592 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
4593 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
4594
4595 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4596 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
4597 .network files.
4598
4599 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
4600 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
4601 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
4602 service runtime cycle.
4603
4604 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
4605 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4606 has been traditionally doing.
4607
4608 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
4609 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
4610 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
4611 prevent any later plugins from running.
4612
4613 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
4614 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
4615 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
4616 default of SplitMode=uid.
4617
4618 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
4619 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
4620 useful.
4621
4622 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
4623 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
4624 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
4625 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
4626 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
4627 individual namespaces.
4628
4629 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
4630 the output, as well as OS release information.
4631
4632 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
4633
4634 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
4635 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
4636 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
4637 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
4638 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
4639
4640 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
4641 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
4642 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
4643 severed.
4644
4645 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
4646 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
4647 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
4648 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
4649 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
4650 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
4651 information about exit statuses and results.
4652
4653 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
4654 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
4655 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
4656 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
4657 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
4658 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
4659
4660 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
4661
4662 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
4663 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
4664 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
4665 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
4666 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
4667 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
4668 entirely.
4669
4670 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
4671 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
4672 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
4673
4674 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
4675 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
4676 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
4677 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
4678 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
4679 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
4680 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
4681 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
4682 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
4683 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
4684 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
4685 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
4686 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
4687 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
4688 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
4689 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
4690 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
4691
4692 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
4693 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4694 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4695 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4696
4697 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4698 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4699 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4700 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4701
4702 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4703 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4704 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4705 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4706 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4707 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4708 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4709 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4710 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4711 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4712 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4713 fragment entirely.)
4714
4715 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4716 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4717 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4718
4719 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4720 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4721 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4722 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4723
4724 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4725 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4726 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4727 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4728 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4729 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4730
4731 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4732 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4733
4734 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4735 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4736
4737 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4738 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4739 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4740 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4741 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4742
4743 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4744 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4745 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4746 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4747 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4748 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4749 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4750 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4751 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4752 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4753 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4754 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4755 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4756 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4757 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4758 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4759 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4760 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4761 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4762 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4763 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4764 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4765 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4766 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4767 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4768 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4769
4770 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4771
4772 CHANGES WITH 231:
4773
4774 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4775 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4776 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4777 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4778 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4779 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4780 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4781 independently.
4782
4783 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4784 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4785
4786 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4787 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4788 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4789 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4790 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4791 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4792 values.
4793
4794 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4795 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4796 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4797 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4798 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4799
4800 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4801 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4802 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4803 7:10am every day.
4804
4805 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4806 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4807 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4808 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4809 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4810 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4811 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4812 available for compatibility.
4813
4814 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4815 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4816 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4817 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4818 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4819 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4820
4821 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4822 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4823 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4824 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4825 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4826 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4827 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4828 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4829 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4830
4831 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4832 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4833 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4834 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4835 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4836 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4837 desired options.
4838
4839 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4840 cgroup v2.
4841
4842 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4843 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4844 limited to subgroups of that group.
4845
4846 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4847 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4848 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4849 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4850 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4851 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4852 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4853 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4854
4855 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4856 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4857 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4858 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4859 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4860 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4861 own long-running services.
4862
4863 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4864 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4865 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4866 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4867
4868 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4869 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4870 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4871 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4872 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4873 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4874 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4875 primitives.
4876
4877 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4878 "terminate".
4879
4880 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4881 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4882
4883 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4884 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4885 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4886 --flush-caches".
4887
4888 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4889 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4890 is shown.
4891
4892 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4893 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4894 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4895 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4896 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4897 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4898
4899 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4900 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4901 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4902 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4903 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4904 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4905 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4906 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4907 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4908 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4909 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4910 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4911 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4912 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4913 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4914 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4915 bus API instead.
4916
4917 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4918 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4919 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4920 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4921
4922 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4923 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4924 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4925 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4926
4927 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4928 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4929 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4930
4931 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4932 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4933
4934 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4935 interface configuration.
4936
4937 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4938 specifying the --force switch.
4939
4940 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4941 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4942 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4943
4944 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4945 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4946 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4947 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4948 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4949 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4950 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4951 to be handled.
4952
4953 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4954 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4955
4956 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4957 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4958
4959 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4960 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4961 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4962
4963 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4964 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4965
4966 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4967 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4968 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4969 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4970 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4971 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4972 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4973 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4974 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4975 library.
4976
4977 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4978 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4979 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4980 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4981 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4982 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4983 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
4984 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
4985 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
4986 doc/HACKING for details.
4987
4988 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
4989 distribution's bugtracker.
4990
4991 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
4992 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
4993 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
4994 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
4995 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
4996 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
4997 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
4998 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
4999 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
5000 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
5001 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
5002 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
5003 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
5004 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
5005 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
5006 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
5007 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
5008 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
5009 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5010
5011 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5012
5013 CHANGES WITH 230:
5014
5015 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
5016 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
5017 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
5018 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
5019 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
5020 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
5021 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
5022 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
5023 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
5024 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
5025 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
5026 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
5027 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
5028 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
5029 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
5030 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
5031 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
5032 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
5033 applications.)
5034
5035 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
5036 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
5037 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
5038
5039 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
5040 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
5041 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
5042 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
5043 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
5044 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
5045 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
5046
5047 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
5048 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
5049 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
5050 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
5051 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
5052 command works for tmux.
5053
5054 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
5055 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
5056 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
5057 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
5058 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
5059 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
5060
5061 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
5062 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
5063
5064 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
5065 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
5066 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
5067
5068 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
5069
5070 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
5071 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
5072 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
5073 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
5074 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
5075
5076 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
5077 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
5078 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
5079 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
5080
5081 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
5082 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
5083 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
5084 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
5085 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
5086 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
5087
5088 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
5089 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
5090 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
5091
5092 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
5093 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
5094 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
5095 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
5096 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
5097 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
5098
5099 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
5100 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
5101 address.
5102
5103 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
5104 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
5105 should be emitted.
5106
5107 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
5108 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
5109 supported.
5110
5111 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
5112 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
5113 logging performance.
5114
5115 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5116 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
5117 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
5118 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
5119 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
5120 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
5121
5122 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
5123 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
5124 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
5125 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
5126
5127 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
5128 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
5129
5130 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
5131 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
5132 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
5133
5134 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
5135
5136 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
5137 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
5138 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
5139 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
5140
5141 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
5142 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
5143 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
5144 refuse to operate on such files.
5145
5146 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
5147 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
5148 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
5149
5150 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
5151 just hidden container images.
5152
5153 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
5154 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
5155
5156 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
5157 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
5158 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
5159 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
5160 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
5161 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
5162 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
5163 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
5164 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
5165 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
5166 been changed to use this functionality by default.
5167
5168 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
5169 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
5170 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
5171 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
5172 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
5173 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
5174 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
5175 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
5176 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
5177 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
5178 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
5179 terminates.
5180
5181 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
5182 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
5183 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
5184 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
5185
5186 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
5187 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
5188 rate of the socket unit.
5189
5190 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
5191 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
5192 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
5193 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
5194 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
5195
5196 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
5197 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
5198 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
5199 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
5200 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
5201 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
5202 with this.
5203
5204 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
5205 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
5206
5207 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
5208 merged into the kernel in its current form.
5209
5210 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
5211 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
5212 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
5213 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
5214 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
5215
5216 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
5217 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
5218 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
5219
5220 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
5221 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
5222 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
5223 target is now included in early userspace.
5224
5225 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
5226 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
5227 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
5228 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
5229 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
5230 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
5231 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
5232 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
5233 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
5234 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
5235 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
5236 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
5237 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
5238 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
5239 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
5240 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
5241 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
5242 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
5243 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
5244 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5245 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
5246 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
5247 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
5248 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
5249 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5250 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5251
5252 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
5253
5254 CHANGES WITH 229:
5255
5256 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
5257 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
5258 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
5259 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
5260 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
5261 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
5262 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
5263 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
5264 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
5265 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
5266 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
5267 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
5268 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
5269
5270 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
5271 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
5272 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
5273 /usr/bin.
5274
5275 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
5276 devices.
5277
5278 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
5279 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
5280 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
5281 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
5282 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
5283 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
5284 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
5285 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
5286 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
5287 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
5288 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
5289 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
5290 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
5291 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
5292 this limit.
5293
5294 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
5295 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
5296 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
5297 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
5298 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
5299 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
5300 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
5301 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
5302
5303 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
5304 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
5305 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
5306 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
5307 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
5308 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
5309 and group at package installation time.
5310
5311 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
5312 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
5313 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
5314 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
5315 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
5316
5317 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
5318 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
5319 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
5320 supports it.
5321
5322 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
5323 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
5324
5325 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
5326 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
5327 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
5328 file is already initialized.
5329
5330 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
5331 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
5332 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5333 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5334 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5335 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5336 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5337 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5338 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5339
5340 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5341 working directory for the process started in the container.
5342
5343 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5344 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5345 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5346 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5347 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5348
5349 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5350 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5351 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5352
5353 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5354 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5355 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5356 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5357
5358 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5359 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5360 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5361 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5362 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5363
5364 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5365 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5366 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5367 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5368
5369 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5370 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5371 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5372 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5373 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5374 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5375 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5376 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5377 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5378 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5379 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5380 by PID 1.
5381
5382 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5383 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5384 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5385 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5386 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5387 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5388 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5389 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5390
5391 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5392
5393 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5394 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5395 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5396
5397 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5398 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5399 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5400 recent kernels.
5401
5402 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5403 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5404
5405 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5406 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5407 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5408 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5409 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5410 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5411 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5412 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5413 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5414 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5415 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5416 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5417 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5418
5419 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5420 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5421 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5422 clusters or larger setups.
5423
5424 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5425
5426 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5427 sockets.
5428
5429 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5430
5431 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5432 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5433 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5434 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5435 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5436 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5437
5438 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5439 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5440 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5441
5442 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5443 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
5444 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
5445 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
5446
5447 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
5448
5449 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
5450 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
5451 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
5452 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
5453 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
5454 maintain compatibility.
5455
5456 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
5457 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
5458 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
5459 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
5460 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
5461 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
5462 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
5463 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
5464 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
5465 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
5466 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
5467 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5468 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
5469 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
5470 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
5471 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
5472 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5473 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
5474 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5475
5476 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
5477
5478 CHANGES WITH 228:
5479
5480 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
5481 files are now also available as properties to set when
5482 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
5483 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
5484 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
5485 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
5486 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5487 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
5488 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
5489
5490 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
5491 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
5492 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
5493
5494 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
5495 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
5496 created transiently.
5497
5498 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
5499 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
5500 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
5501 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
5502 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
5503 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
5504 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
5505 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
5506
5507 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
5508 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
5509 disk and sync the files, before returning.
5510
5511 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
5512 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
5513 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
5514 enabled.
5515
5516 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
5517 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
5518 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
5519 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
5520 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
5521 subvolumes.
5522
5523 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
5524 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
5525
5526 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
5527 individual indexes.
5528
5529 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
5530 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
5531 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
5532 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
5533 suffixes now.
5534
5535 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
5536 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
5537 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
5538 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
5539 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
5540 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
5541 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
5542 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
5543 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
5544 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
5545 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
5546 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
5547 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
5548 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
5549 number of processes or tasks each user may own
5550 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
5551 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
5552 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
5553 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
5554 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
5555 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
5556
5557 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
5558 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
5559 links between the host and the container.
5560
5561 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
5562 added that allows importing select environment variables
5563 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
5564 the service.
5565
5566 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
5567 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
5568 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
5569 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
5570 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
5571 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
5572 than until they first elapse.
5573
5574 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
5575 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
5576 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
5577 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
5578 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
5579 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
5580 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
5581 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
5582
5583 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
5584 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
5585 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
5586 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
5587 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
5588 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
5589 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
5590 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
5591 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
5592 journal and in coredump handling.
5593
5594 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
5595 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
5596 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
5597 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
5598 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
5599 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
5600 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
5601 software you package still references it, as this is a
5602 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
5603 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
5604
5605 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
5606
5607 Note that only util-linux versions built with
5608 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
5609
5610 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
5611 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
5612 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
5613
5614 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
5615 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
5616 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
5617 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
5618 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
5619 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
5620 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
5621 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
5622 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
5623 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
5624 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
5625 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
5626 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
5627 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
5628 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
5629 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
5630
5631 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
5632 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
5633 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
5634 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
5635 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
5636 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
5637 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
5638 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
5639 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
5640 surprises.
5641
5642 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
5643 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
5644 to the various user database fields of the user that the
5645 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
5646 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
5647 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
5648 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
5649 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
5650 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
5651 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
5652 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
5653 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
5654 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
5655 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
5656 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
5657 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
5658 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
5659 of PID 1 is the root user).
5660
5661 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
5662 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
5663 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5664 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
5665 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5666 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
5667 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5668 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
5669 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5670 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
5671 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
5672 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
5673 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5674 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
5675 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5676
5677 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
5678
5679 CHANGES WITH 227:
5680
5681 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
5682 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
5683 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
5684
5685 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
5686 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
5687 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
5688 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
5689 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
5690 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
5691
5692 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
5693 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5694 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5695 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5696 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5697
5698 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5699 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5700 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5701 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5702 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5703 packets on unestablished sockets.
5704
5705 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5706 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5707 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5708 automatically.
5709
5710 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5711 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5712 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5713
5714 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5715 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5716 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5717 for disk IO.
5718
5719 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5720 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5721 removed.
5722
5723 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5724 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5725 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5726 configured in User=.
5727
5728 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5729 directory of the selected user by default.
5730
5731 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5732 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5733 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5734 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5735 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5736 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5737 compat reasons.
5738
5739 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5740 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5741 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5742 units.
5743
5744 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5745 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5746 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5747 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5748 level.
5749
5750 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5751 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5752 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5753 namespaces work correctly.
5754
5755 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5756 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5757 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5758 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5759 activation.
5760
5761 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5762 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5763 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5764 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5765 system instance in a container.
5766
5767 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5768 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5769 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5770 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5771 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5772 connections.
5773
5774 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5775 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5776
5777 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5778 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5779 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5780 processes attached, or similar.
5781
5782 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5783 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5784 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5785
5786 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5787 specifiers like %i or %f.
5788
5789 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5790 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5791 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5792 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5793
5794 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5795 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5796 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5797 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5798 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5799 descriptors using sd_notify().
5800
5801 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5802
5803 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5804 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5805
5806 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5807 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5808
5809 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5810 .network files.
5811
5812 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5813 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5814 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5815 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5816 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5817 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5818 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5819 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5820 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5821 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5822 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5823 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5824 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5825 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5826 gdm-autologin is used.
5827
5828 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5829 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5830 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5831 next to the image file.
5832
5833 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5834 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5835 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5836 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5837
5838 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5839 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5840 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5841 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5842 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5843 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5844
5845 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5846 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5847 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5848 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5849 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5850 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5851 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5852 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5853 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5854 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5855 number of files in place.
5856
5857 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5858 on kernels where that is supported.
5859
5860 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5861
5862 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5863 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5864 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5865 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5866 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5867 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5868 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5869 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5870 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5871 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5872 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5873 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5874 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5875 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5876 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5877 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5878 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5879 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5880
5881 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5882
5883 CHANGES WITH 226:
5884
5885 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5886 new features:
5887
5888 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5889 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5890 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5891 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5892 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5893 is any) is propagated.
5894
5895 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5896 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5897 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5898 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5899 information is enabled between host and containers by
5900 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5901 to what the host has set.
5902
5903 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5904 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5905
5906 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5907 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5908 information back, even if the server loses state.
5909
5910 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5911 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5912 PoolSize=.
5913
5914 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5915 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5916 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5917 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5918
5919 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5920 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5921 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5922 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5923 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5924
5925 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5926 for virtio devices.
5927
5928 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5929 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5930 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5931 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5932 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5933 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5934 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5935 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5936 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5937 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5938 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5939 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5940 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5941 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5942 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5943 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5944 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5945 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5946 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5947 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5948 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5949 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5950 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5951 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5952 grants them.
5953
5954 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5955 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5956 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5957 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5958 group tree.
5959
5960 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5961 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5962 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5963 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5964 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5965 work correctly in containers now.
5966
5967 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5968 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5969
5970 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5971 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5972 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5973 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5974 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5975
5976 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5977 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5978 signal events.
5979
5980 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5981 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5982 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5983 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
5984
5985 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
5986 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
5987 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
5988 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
5989 nspawn command line.
5990
5991 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
5992 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
5993 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5994 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
5995 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
5996 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
5997 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5998 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
5999
6000 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
6001
6002 CHANGES WITH 225:
6003
6004 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
6005 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
6006 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
6007 shell directly without prompting for username or
6008 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
6009 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
6010 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
6011 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
6012 the originating session.
6013
6014 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
6015 options and allows other programs to query the values.
6016
6017 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
6018 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
6019 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
6020 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
6021 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
6022 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
6023 probably not stabilize on this release.
6024
6025 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
6026 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
6027 messages.
6028
6029 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
6030 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
6031 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
6032
6033 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
6034 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
6035
6036 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
6037 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
6038 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
6039 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
6040 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
6041 posteriori.
6042
6043 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
6044 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
6045
6046 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
6047 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
6048 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
6049 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
6050 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
6051 "lastlog" tools.
6052
6053 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
6054 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
6055 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
6056 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
6057 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
6058
6059 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
6060 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
6061 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
6062 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6063 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
6064 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
6065 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
6066 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
6067 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
6068 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
6069 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
6070 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6071
6072 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
6073
6074 CHANGES WITH 224:
6075
6076 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
6077 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
6078
6079 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
6080 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
6081 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
6082
6083 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
6084 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6085 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
6086
6087 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
6088
6089 CHANGES WITH 223:
6090
6091 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
6092 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
6093 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
6094 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6095
6096 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
6097 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
6098
6099 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
6100 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
6101
6102 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
6103
6104 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
6105 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
6106 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
6107
6108 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
6109 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
6110 decapsulated packet.
6111
6112 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
6113 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
6114 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
6115 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
6116 netlink attribute.
6117
6118 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
6119 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
6120 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
6121 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
6122
6123 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
6124 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
6125 according to RFC2460.
6126
6127 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
6128 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
6129
6130 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
6131 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
6132 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
6133
6134 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
6135 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
6136 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
6137 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
6138 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
6139 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
6140
6141 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
6142 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6143 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
6144 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6145 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6146 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
6147 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
6148 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
6149 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
6150 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6151
6152 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
6153
6154 CHANGES WITH 222:
6155
6156 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
6157 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
6158 or should be used to work around such bugs.
6159
6160 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
6161 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
6162
6163 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
6164 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
6165 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
6166 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
6167 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
6168
6169 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
6170 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
6171 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
6172
6173 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
6174 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
6175 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
6176 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
6177 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
6178
6179 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6180
6181 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
6182 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
6183 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
6184 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
6185 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
6186 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6187 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
6188 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
6189 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6190 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6191
6192 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
6193
6194 CHANGES WITH 221:
6195
6196 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
6197 stable and have been added to the official interface of
6198 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
6199 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
6200 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
6201 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
6202 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
6203 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
6204 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
6205 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
6206 portable to other kernels.
6207
6208 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
6209 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
6210 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
6211 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
6212 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
6213 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
6214 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
6215 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
6216 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
6217 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
6218 systemd enabled.
6219
6220 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
6221 2.26.
6222
6223 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
6224 favor of calling an abstraction tool
6225 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
6226 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
6227 in README for details.
6228
6229 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
6230 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
6231 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
6232 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
6233 unit.
6234
6235 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
6236 into man pages.
6237
6238 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
6239 external project.
6240
6241 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
6242 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
6243
6244 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
6245 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
6246 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
6247 state.
6248
6249 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
6250 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
6251 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
6252
6253 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
6254 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
6255 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
6256 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
6257 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
6258 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
6259 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
6260 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
6261 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
6262 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6263 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
6264 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
6265 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
6266 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6267 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
6268 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6269
6270 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
6271
6272 CHANGES WITH 220:
6273
6274 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
6275 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
6276 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
6277 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
6278 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
6279 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
6280 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
6281 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
6282
6283 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
6284 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
6285 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
6286 service consumed). This value is only available if
6287 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
6288 in the "systemctl status" output.
6289
6290 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
6291 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
6292 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
6293 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
6294 previously was already the default behaviour).
6295
6296 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
6297 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
6298 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
6299
6300 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
6301 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
6302 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
6303 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
6304
6305 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
6306 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
6307 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
6308 journalling file systems that support external journal
6309 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
6310 systems to be mounted.
6311
6312 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
6313 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
6314 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
6315 stable release this should not be problematic.
6316
6317 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
6318 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
6319 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
6320 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
6321 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
6322
6323 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
6324 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
6325 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
6326 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
6327 network switches.
6328
6329 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
6330 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
6331
6332 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6333 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6334 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6335
6336 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6337
6338 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6339 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6340 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6341 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6342 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6343 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6344 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6345 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6346 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6347 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6348 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6349 been fixed in v220.
6350
6351 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6352 systemd-networkd.
6353
6354 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6355 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6356 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6357 containers started from the command line.
6358
6359 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6360 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6361
6362 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6363 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6364 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6365 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6366
6367 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6368 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6369 when shutting down.
6370
6371 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6372 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6373 overlayfs support.
6374
6375 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6376 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6377 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6378 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6379 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6380 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6381 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6382
6383 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6384 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6385 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6386
6387 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6388 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6389 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6390 of v1 as before).
6391
6392 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6393 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6394
6395 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6396 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6397 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6398 without further privileges or authorization.
6399
6400 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6401 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6402 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6403 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6404 accessible via a bus interface.
6405
6406 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6407 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6408 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6409 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6410 to cover this functionality.
6411
6412 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6413 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6414 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6415 disabled/masked also stopped.
6416
6417 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6418 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6419 updated to support systemd-boot.
6420
6421 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6422 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6423 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6424 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6425 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6426 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6427 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6428 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6429 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6430
6431 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6432 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6433 system.
6434
6435 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
6436 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
6437 logic has been turned into a allow list that requires picking block
6438 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
6439
6440 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6441 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6442 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6443 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
6444
6445 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
6446 stick devices has been added.
6447
6448 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
6449 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
6450
6451 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
6452 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
6453 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
6454 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
6455 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
6456
6457 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
6458 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
6459 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
6460
6461 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
6462 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
6463 Debian.
6464
6465 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
6466 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
6467 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
6468
6469 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
6470 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
6471 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
6472 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
6473 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
6474 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6475 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
6476 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6477 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
6478 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
6479 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6480 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
6481 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
6482 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
6483 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
6484 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
6485 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
6486 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6487 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
6488 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
6489 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
6490 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
6491 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
6492 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
6493 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
6494 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
6495 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6496
6497 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
6498
6499 CHANGES WITH 219:
6500
6501 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
6502 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
6503 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
6504 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
6505 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
6506 interface with and update the database.
6507
6508 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
6509 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
6510 before bytewise copying is done.
6511
6512 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
6513 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
6514 directory, and immediately removed when the container
6515 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
6516 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
6517 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
6518 for starting a container off the root file system of the
6519 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
6520 available on btrfs file systems.
6521
6522 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
6523 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
6524 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
6525 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
6526 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
6527 systems.
6528
6529 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
6530 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
6531 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
6532 mount point remains.
6533
6534 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
6535 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
6536 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
6537 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
6538 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
6539 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
6540 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
6541 are disabled.
6542
6543 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
6544 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
6545 container to the host or vice versa.
6546
6547 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
6548 mount host directories into local containers. This is
6549 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
6550
6551 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
6552 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
6553
6554 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
6555 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
6556 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
6557 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
6558 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
6559 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
6560 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
6561 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
6562 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
6563 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
6564 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
6565 make the functionality of importd available to the
6566 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
6567 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
6568 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
6569 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
6570 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
6571 only fully supported on btrfs.
6572
6573 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
6574 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
6575 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
6576 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
6577 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
6578 information about images.
6579
6580 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
6581 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
6582 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
6583 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
6584 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
6585 legacy file systems).
6586
6587 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
6588 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
6589 shown in networkctl output.
6590
6591 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
6592 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
6593 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
6594 processes as system services while interactively
6595 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
6596 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
6597 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
6598 full login session, the difference being that the former
6599 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
6600 setup.
6601
6602 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
6603 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
6604 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
6605 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
6606 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
6607
6608 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
6609 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
6610 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
6611 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
6612 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
6613 via qemu/kvm.
6614
6615 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
6616 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
6617 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
6618 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
6619 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
6620 disk images, too.
6621
6622 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
6623 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
6624 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
6625 integrate with that.
6626
6627 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
6628 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
6629 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
6630 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
6631
6632 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
6633 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
6634 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
6635
6636 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
6637 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
6638 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
6639 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
6640 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
6641 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
6642 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
6643 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
6644 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
6645 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
6646
6647 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
6648 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
6649 files.
6650
6651 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
6652 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
6653 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
6654 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
6655 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
6656 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
6657 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
6658 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
6659 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
6660 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
6661 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
6662 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
6663 explicitly turned on.
6664
6665 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
6666 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
6667 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
6668 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
6669
6670 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
6671 supported.
6672
6673 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
6674 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
6675 user/session following the status output. Similar,
6676 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
6677 associated with a virtual machine or container
6678 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
6679 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
6680 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
6681 output however.)
6682
6683 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
6684 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
6685 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
6686 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
6687 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
6688 caller's session/user.
6689
6690 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
6691 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
6692 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6693 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6694 user services.
6695
6696 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6697 same way as unit files.
6698
6699 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6700 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6701 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6702 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6703 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6704 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6705 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6706 the host.
6707
6708 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6709 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6710 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6711 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6712 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6713 host.
6714
6715 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6716 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6717 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6718 updated to make use of it too by default.
6719
6720 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6721 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6722 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6723 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6724
6725 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6726 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6727 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6728 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6729 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6730 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6731 modification.
6732
6733 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6734 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6735 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6736 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6737 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6738 information about Touchpad types.
6739
6740 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6741 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6742
6743 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6744 Policy link field.
6745
6746 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6747 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6748
6749 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6750 ACLs on files.
6751
6752 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6753 tmpfs, automatically.
6754
6755 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6756 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6757 status" output, if available.
6758
6759 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6760 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6761 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6762 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6763 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6764 run on next reboot.
6765
6766 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6767 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6768 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6769 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6770 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6771 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6772 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6773
6774 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6775 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6776 after a configurable timeout.
6777
6778 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6779 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6780 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6781 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6782 it non-idle.
6783
6784 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6785 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6786
6787 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6788 each .network interface in networkd.
6789
6790 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6791 in .network files.
6792
6793 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6794 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6795
6796 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6797 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6798 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6799 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6800 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6801 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6802 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6803 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6804 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6805 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6806 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6807 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6808 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6809 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6810 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6811 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6812 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6813 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6814 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6815 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6816 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6817 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6818 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6819 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6820
6821 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6822
6823 CHANGES WITH 218:
6824
6825 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6826 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6827 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6828 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6829
6830 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6831 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6832 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6833 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6834 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6835
6836 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6837
6838 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6839 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6840 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6841 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6842 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6843 modified configuration after editing.
6844
6845 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6846 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6847 system preset files.
6848
6849 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
6850 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6851 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6852 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6853 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6854 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6855 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6856 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
6857 other contexts.
6858
6859 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6860 inhibitors.
6861
6862 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6863 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6864 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6865 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6866 managers.
6867
6868 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6869 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6870 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6871 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6872 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6873 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6874 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6875 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6876 parallel to journald.
6877
6878 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6879 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6880 available.
6881
6882 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6883 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6884 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6885 or are not older than the specified time.
6886
6887 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6888 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6889 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6890 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6891
6892 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6893 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6894 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6895 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6896 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6897 communication.
6898
6899 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6900 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6901 services.
6902
6903 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6904 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6905 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6906 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6907 the new "busctl tree" command.
6908
6909 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6910 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6911 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6912 friendly way.
6913
6914 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6915 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6916 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6917 race-ful way.
6918
6919 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6920 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6921 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6922 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6923 --link-journal=try-guest.
6924
6925 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6926 stable MAC addresses.
6927
6928 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6929 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6930 the respective unit shall use.
6931
6932 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6933 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6934 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6935 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6936
6937 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6938 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6939 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6940 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6941 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6942 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6943
6944 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6945 details see:
6946
6947 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6948
6949 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6950 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6951 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6952 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6953 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6954 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6955 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6956 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6957 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6958 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6959 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6960 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6961
6962 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6963 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6964 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6965 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6966 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6967
6968 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6969 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6970 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6971 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6972 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6973 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6974 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6975 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6976
6977 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6978 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6979 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6980 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6981 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6982 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6983 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
6984 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
6985 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
6986 interface.
6987
6988 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
6989 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
6990 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
6991 luks.name= argument.
6992
6993 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
6994 (this was previously already available for scope and service
6995 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
6996 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
6997 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
6998 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
6999
7000 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
7001 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
7002 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
7003
7004 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
7005 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
7006 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
7007 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
7008 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
7009 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
7010 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
7011 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7012 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
7013 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
7014 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7015 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
7016 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
7017 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
7018 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
7019 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7020 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
7021 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7022
7023 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
7024
7025 CHANGES WITH 217:
7026
7027 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
7028 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
7029 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
7030 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
7031
7032 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
7033 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
7034 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
7035 now waits until the operation is complete.
7036
7037 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
7038 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
7039 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
7040 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
7041 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
7042 connection.
7043
7044 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
7045 commands anymore.
7046
7047 * User units are now loaded also from
7048 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
7049 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
7050 supported, but is under the control of the user.
7051
7052 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
7053 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
7054 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
7055 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
7056 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
7057 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
7058 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
7059 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
7060 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
7061 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
7062 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
7063 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
7064 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
7065 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
7066 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
7067 question.
7068
7069 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
7070 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
7071 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
7072
7073 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
7074 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
7075 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
7076 command line to trigger resume.
7077
7078 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
7079 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
7080 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
7081 Desktop=systemd-console.
7082
7083 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
7084 systemd-networkd.
7085
7086 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
7087 from the information provided by the networking stack
7088 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
7089
7090 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
7091 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
7092
7093 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
7094 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
7095 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
7096
7097 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
7098
7099 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
7100 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
7101 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
7102 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
7103 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
7104 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
7105
7106 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
7107 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
7108 respected.
7109
7110 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
7111 virtualization.
7112
7113 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
7114 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
7115 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
7116 on.
7117
7118 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
7119
7120 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
7121
7122 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
7123 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
7124 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
7125 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
7126 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
7127 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
7128 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
7129
7130 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
7131 available for service units, that allows locking all service
7132 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
7133 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
7134 from the service's view entirely.
7135
7136 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
7137 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
7138
7139 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
7140 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
7141 session.
7142
7143 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
7144 legacy-free systems.
7145
7146 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
7147 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
7148 easily.
7149
7150 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
7151 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
7152 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
7153 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
7154 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
7155 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
7156 option.
7157
7158 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
7159 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
7160 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
7161 /usr.
7162
7163 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
7164 services, not only the main process.
7165
7166 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
7167 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
7168 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
7169 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
7170 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
7171
7172 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
7173 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
7174 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
7175 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
7176 directly from now on, again.
7177
7178 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
7179 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
7180 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
7181 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
7182 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
7183 enabling and disabling.
7184
7185 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
7186 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
7187 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
7188 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
7189 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
7190 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
7191 unnecessary or unlikely.
7192
7193 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
7194 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
7195 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7196 "annually", "hourly", ...).
7197
7198 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
7199 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
7200 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
7201 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
7202 overwritten at runtime.
7203
7204 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
7205 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
7206 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
7207 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
7208 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
7209 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
7210 segmentation fault.
7211
7212 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
7213 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
7214 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7215 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
7216 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
7217 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
7218 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
7219 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
7220 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
7221 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7222 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7223 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7224 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
7225 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
7226 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
7227 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
7228 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
7229 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
7230 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7231 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7232 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
7233 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7234
7235 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
7236
7237 CHANGES WITH 216:
7238
7239 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
7240 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
7241 implementations should add a
7242
7243 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
7244
7245 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
7246 default functionality.
7247
7248 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
7249 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
7250 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
7251 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
7252 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
7253 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
7254 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
7255 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
7256 files might need to be owned by them. A new
7257 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
7258 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
7259 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
7260 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
7261
7262 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
7263 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
7264 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
7265 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
7266 added eventually, too.
7267
7268 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
7269 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
7270 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
7271 new command to update these fields.
7272
7273 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
7274 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
7275 have been discovered via DHCP.
7276
7277 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
7278 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
7279 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
7280 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
7281 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
7282 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
7283 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
7284 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
7285 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
7286 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
7287 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
7288 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
7289 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
7290 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
7291 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
7292 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
7293 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
7294 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
7295 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
7296 implementation to systemd-resolved.
7297
7298 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
7299 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
7300 containers to their respective IP addresses.
7301
7302 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
7303 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
7304 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
7305 and present it to the user in a very friendly
7306 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
7307 control utility for networkd.
7308
7309 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
7310 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
7311 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
7312 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
7313 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
7314 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
7315 (NoDelay=).
7316
7317 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
7318 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
7319
7320 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
7321 be started only after time-sync.target has been
7322 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
7323 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
7324 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
7325 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
7326
7327 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
7328 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
7329 of the link.
7330
7331 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7332 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7333
7334 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7335 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7336
7337 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7338 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7339 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7340 for DHCP.
7341
7342 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7343 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7344 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7345 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7346 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7347 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7348 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7349 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7350
7351 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7352 validation of unit files.
7353
7354 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7355 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7356 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7357 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7358 address may now be configured.
7359
7360 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7361 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7362 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7363 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7364
7365 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7366 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7367
7368 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7369 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7370 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7371 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7372
7373 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7374 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7375 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7376 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7377 implementation.
7378
7379 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7380 journal data to a remote system running
7381 systemd-journal-remote.
7382
7383 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7384 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7385 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7386 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7387 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7388 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7389 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7390 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7391 version, you have to turn this option on again
7392 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7393
7394 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7395 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7396 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7397
7398 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7399 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7400
7401 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7402 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7403
7404 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7405 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7406 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7407
7408 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7409 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7410 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7411 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7412 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7413
7414 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7415
7416 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7417
7418 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7419 when primary addresses are removed.
7420
7421 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7422 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7423 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7424 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7425 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7426 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7427 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7428 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7429 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7430 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7431 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7432 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7433 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7434 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7435 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7436
7437 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7438
7439 CHANGES WITH 215:
7440
7441 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7442 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7443 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
7444 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
7445 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
7446 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
7447 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
7448 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
7449 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
7450 require.
7451
7452 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
7453 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
7454
7455 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
7456 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
7457 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
7458 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
7459 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
7460 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
7461 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
7462
7463 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
7464 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
7465 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
7466 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
7467 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
7468 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
7469 update or reset should use this condition and order
7470 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
7471 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
7472 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
7473 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
7474 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
7475 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
7476 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
7477 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
7478 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
7479
7480 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
7481
7482 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
7483 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
7484 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
7485 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
7486
7487 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
7488 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
7489 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
7490 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
7491 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
7492 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
7493 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
7494 .network files using settings of this section should be
7495 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
7496 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
7497
7498 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
7499 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
7500
7501 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
7502 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
7503 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
7504 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
7505 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
7506 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
7507 of nspawn instances.
7508
7509 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
7510 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
7511 added.
7512
7513 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
7514 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
7515 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
7516 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
7517 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
7518 configuration stored in /etc.
7519
7520 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
7521 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
7522 parsing of unknown mount options.
7523
7524 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
7525 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
7526 it already exist and not already be the correct
7527 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
7528 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
7529 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
7530 pre-existing files of different types.
7531
7532 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
7533 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
7534 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
7535 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
7536 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
7537 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
7538 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
7539
7540 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
7541 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
7542 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
7543 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
7544 shall be executed.
7545
7546 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
7547 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
7548 example whether it is fully up and running.
7549
7550 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
7551 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
7552 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
7553 reset.
7554
7555 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
7556 most basic services systemd ships by default.
7557
7558 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
7559 field for defining the default instance to create if a
7560 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
7561
7562 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
7563 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
7564 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
7565
7566 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
7567 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
7568 access to this group.
7569
7570 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
7571 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
7572 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
7573 to the journal.
7574
7575 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
7576 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
7577 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
7578 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
7579 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
7580 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
7581
7582 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
7583 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
7584 that makes sure to only show information about the most
7585 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
7586 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
7587 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
7588 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
7589 the old name to the new name.
7590
7591 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
7592 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
7593 coredumpctl without restrictions.
7594
7595 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
7596 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
7597 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
7598 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
7599 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
7600 "systemd-debug-generator".
7601
7602 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
7603 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
7604 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
7605 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
7606 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
7607 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
7608 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
7609 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
7610 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
7611 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
7612 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
7613
7614 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
7615 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
7616 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
7617 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
7618 been added to query many of these paths for the local
7619 machine and user.
7620
7621 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
7622 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
7623 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
7624 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
7625 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
7626
7627 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
7628 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
7629 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
7630 couple of drop-in directories.
7631
7632 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
7633 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
7634 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
7635 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
7636 for dev_port.
7637
7638 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
7639 container (read from /etc/os-release and
7640 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
7641 "machinectl status" for a machine.
7642
7643 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
7644 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
7645 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
7646 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
7647 Restart= setting.
7648
7649 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
7650 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
7651 directly connect to a specific container on the
7652 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
7653 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
7654 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
7655 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
7656 containers is a privileged operation.
7657
7658 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
7659 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
7660 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
7661 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
7662 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7663 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
7664 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7665 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
7666 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
7667 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
7668 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
7669 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7670
7671 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
7672
7673 CHANGES WITH 214:
7674
7675 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
7676 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
7677 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
7678 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
7679 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
7680 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
7681 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
7682 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
7683 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
7684 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
7685 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
7686 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
7687 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
7688 devices are excluded from this logic.
7689
7690 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
7691 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
7692 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7693 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7694 change has been released.
7695
7696 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7697 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7698 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7699
7700 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7701 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7702 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7703 with fewer privileges.
7704
7705 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7706 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7707 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7708 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7709
7710 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7711 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7712
7713 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7714 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7715
7716 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7717 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7718 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7719
7720 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7721 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7722 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7723 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7724 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7725 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7726
7727 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7728 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7729 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7730
7731 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7732 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7733 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7734 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7735 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7736 modifications of user data or system files from
7737 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7738 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7739
7740 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7741 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7742 and FIFOs in the file system.
7743
7744 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7745 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7746 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7747
7748 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7749 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7750 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7751 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7752 the socket itself.
7753
7754 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7755 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7756 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7757 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7758 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7759 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7760 symlinks, and nothing else.
7761
7762 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7763 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7764 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7765 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7766 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7767 process (for example, the parent process). The
7768 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7769 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7770 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7771 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7772 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7773 messages to services when the originating process already
7774 vanished.
7775
7776 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7777 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7778 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7779 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7780 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7781 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7782 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7783 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7784 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7785 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7786 all long-running services.
7787
7788 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7789 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7790 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7791 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7792 service.
7793
7794 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7795 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7796 applied to all submounts, too.
7797
7798 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7799
7800 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7801 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7802 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7803 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7804 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7805 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7806 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7807
7808 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7809 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7810 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7811 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7812 (domU) domains.
7813
7814 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7815 files or entire directories.
7816
7817 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7818 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7819 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7820 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7821 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7822
7823 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7824 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7825 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7826 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7827 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7828 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7829 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7830 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7831 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7832 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7833 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7834 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7835
7836 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7837 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7838 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7839 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7840
7841 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7842 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7843 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7844 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7845 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7846 non-directories.
7847
7848 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7849 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7850 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7851
7852 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7853 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7854 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7855 this group.
7856
7857 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7858 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7859 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7860 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7861 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7862 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7863 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7864
7865 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7866
7867 CHANGES WITH 213:
7868
7869 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7870 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7871 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7872 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7873 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7874 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7875 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7876 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7877 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7878 client should be more than appropriate for most
7879 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7880 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7881 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7882 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7883 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7884 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7885 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7886 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7887 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7888 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7889 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7890
7891 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7892 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7893 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7894 part of a different namespace.
7895
7896 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7897 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7898 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7899 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7900
7901 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7902 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7903 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7904
7905 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7906 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7907 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7908 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7909 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7910 restart the service in question.
7911
7912 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7913 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7914 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7915 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7916 details when running non-locally.
7917
7918 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7919 graphs it generates.
7920
7921 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7922 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7923 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7924 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7925 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7926
7927 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7928
7929 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7930 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7931 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7932 what it was on SysV systems.
7933
7934 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7935 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7936
7937 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7938 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7939 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7940
7941 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7942 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7943 to show these addresses in its output.
7944
7945 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7946 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7947 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7948 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7949 preferred over a text one.
7950
7951 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7952 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7953 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7954 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7955 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7956 mDNS cache.
7957
7958 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7959 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7960 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7961 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7962 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7963
7964 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7965 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7966 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7967 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7968 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7969
7970 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7971 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7972 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7973 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7974 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7975 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7976 overrides any other settings.
7977
7978 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7979 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7980 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7981 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7982 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7983 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
7984 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
7985 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
7986 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7987 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7988 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
7989 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
7990 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
7991 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
7992 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
7993 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
7994 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7995
7996 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
7997
7998 CHANGES WITH 212:
7999
8000 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
8001 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
8002 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
8003 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
8004 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
8005 by accident.
8006
8007 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
8008 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
8009 registered with machined.
8010
8011 * sd-login gained new calls
8012 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
8013 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
8014 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
8015 counterparts.
8016
8017 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
8018 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
8019 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
8020 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
8021 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
8022 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
8023 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
8024 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
8025 once.
8026
8027 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
8028 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
8029 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
8030
8031 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
8032 units on all local containers, when used with the
8033 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
8034 executed when no parameters are specified).
8035
8036 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
8037 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
8038 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
8039 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
8040
8041 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
8042 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
8043 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
8044 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
8045 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
8046 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
8047
8048 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
8049 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
8050 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
8051 of the container.
8052
8053 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
8054 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
8055 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
8056 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
8057 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
8058 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
8059 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
8060 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
8061
8062 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
8063 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
8064 instead of /.
8065
8066 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
8067 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
8068 emergency messages now.
8069
8070 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
8071 journal log messages across the network.
8072
8073 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
8074 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
8075 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
8076 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
8077 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
8078 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
8079 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
8080
8081 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
8082 down a local OS container.
8083
8084 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
8085 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
8086 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
8087
8088 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
8089 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
8090 this is appropriate.
8091
8092 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
8093 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
8094 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
8095
8096 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
8097 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
8098 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
8099 for debugging purposes.
8100
8101 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
8102 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
8103 in seconds.
8104
8105 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
8106 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
8107 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
8108 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
8109 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
8110 like on traditional inetd.
8111
8112 * A new system.conf configuration option
8113 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
8114 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
8115
8116 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
8117 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
8118 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
8119 do these days).
8120
8121 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
8122 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
8123 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
8124 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
8125 could not take place because the system was powered off.
8126 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
8127
8128 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
8129 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
8130 it will be triggered.
8131
8132 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
8133 addresses to its local interfaces.
8134
8135 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
8136 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
8137 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
8138 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
8139 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
8140 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
8141 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
8142 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
8143 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8144
8145 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
8146
8147 CHANGES WITH 211:
8148
8149 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
8150 added to restrict which socket address families unit
8151 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
8152 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
8153 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
8154 is built on seccomp system call filters.
8155
8156 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
8157 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
8158 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
8159 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
8160 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
8161 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
8162 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
8163 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
8164 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
8165
8166 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
8167 matching against device group names.
8168
8169 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
8170 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
8171 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
8172 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
8173 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
8174 though.
8175
8176 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
8177 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
8178 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
8179 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
8180 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8181 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
8182 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
8183 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
8184 systems prepared appropriately.
8185
8186 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
8187 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
8188 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8189 (see above). This means that installations made with
8190 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
8191 deployed using container managers, completely
8192 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
8193 this feature soon, too.)
8194
8195 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
8196 set up a private macvlan interface for the
8197 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
8198 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
8199
8200 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
8201 using IPv4LL.
8202
8203 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
8204 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
8205 systemd-networkd.
8206
8207 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
8208 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
8209 still not a public API though (unless you specify
8210 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
8211 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
8212
8213 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
8214 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
8215 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
8216 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
8217 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
8218 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
8219 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
8220 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
8221 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
8222 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
8223 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
8224 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
8225 users.
8226
8227 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
8228 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
8229 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
8230 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
8231 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
8232 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
8233 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
8234 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
8235 due to a closed lid.
8236
8237 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
8238 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
8239 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
8240 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
8241 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
8242 order to then act as suspend blocker.
8243
8244 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
8245 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
8246 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
8247 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
8248 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
8249
8250 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
8251 now also work in --scope mode.
8252
8253 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
8254 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
8255 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
8256 promises are made.)
8257
8258 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
8259 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8260 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
8261 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8262 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
8263 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
8264 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
8265 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
8266 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
8267 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8268
8269 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
8270
8271 CHANGES WITH 210:
8272
8273 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
8274 according to SMACK rules.
8275
8276 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
8277 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
8278
8279 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
8280 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
8281 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
8282
8283 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
8284 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
8285 and machine ID.
8286
8287 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
8288 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
8289 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
8290 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
8291 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
8292 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
8293 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
8294 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
8295 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
8296 backpack or similar.
8297
8298 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
8299 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
8300 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
8301 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
8302 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
8303 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
8304 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
8305 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
8306 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
8307 this on its own.
8308
8309 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
8310 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
8311 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
8312 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
8313
8314 * We will now ship a default .network file for
8315 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
8316 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
8317 --network-bridge= switches.
8318
8319 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
8320 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
8321 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
8322 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
8323 metrics, according to what is customary according to
8324 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
8325 each configuration option.
8326
8327 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
8328 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
8329 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
8330 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
8331 at once.
8332
8333 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8334 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8335 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8336 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8337 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8338
8339 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8340 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8341 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8342 default however.
8343
8344 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8345 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8346 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8347 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8348 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8349 them with systemd-networkd.
8350
8351 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8352 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8353 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8354 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8355 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8356 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8357 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8358 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8359 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8360 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8361 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8362 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8363 during a transitional period!
8364
8365 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8366 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8367
8368 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8369 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8370 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8371 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8372 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8373 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8374 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8375 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8376
8377 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8378
8379 CHANGES WITH 209:
8380
8381 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8382 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8383 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8384 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8385 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8386 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8387 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8388 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8389 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8390 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8391 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8392 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8393
8394 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8395 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8396 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8397 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8398 machines and the like.
8399
8400 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8401 shutdown/boot.
8402
8403 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8404 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8405
8406 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8407 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8408 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8409 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8410
8411 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8412 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8413 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8414 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8415 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8416 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8417
8418 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8419 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8420 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8421 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8422 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8423 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8424 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8425 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8426 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8427
8428 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8429 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8430
8431 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8432 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8433 implementation.
8434
8435 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8436 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8437 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8438 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8439 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8440 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8441 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8442 and .service units.
8443
8444 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
8445 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
8446 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
8447
8448 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
8449 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
8450 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
8451 nothing makes use of it.
8452
8453 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
8454 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
8455 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
8456
8457 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
8458 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
8459 compatibility purposes.
8460
8461 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
8462 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
8463 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
8464 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
8465 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
8466 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
8467 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
8468 process handling.
8469
8470 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
8471 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
8472 style to "sd-bus.h".
8473
8474 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
8475 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
8476 "systemd-networkd".
8477
8478 * There is a new kernel command line option
8479 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
8480 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
8481 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
8482 are not restored.
8483
8484 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
8485 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
8486 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
8487 PID1's support for that anymore.
8488
8489 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
8490 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
8491
8492 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
8493 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
8494 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
8495 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
8496 container that is registered with machined, such as those
8497 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
8498
8499 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
8500 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8501 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
8502 onto remote systems.
8503
8504 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
8505 login in any local container. This works with any container
8506 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8507 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
8508
8509 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
8510 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
8511 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
8512 system of some kind.
8513
8514 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
8515 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
8516 next.
8517
8518 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
8519 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
8520 reboot() system call.
8521
8522 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
8523 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8524 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
8525 still available but not advertised anymore.
8526
8527 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
8528 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
8529 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
8530 within each Unit.
8531
8532 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
8533 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8534 the kernel).
8535
8536 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
8537 timestamps (following the setting in
8538 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
8539
8540 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
8541 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
8542
8543 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
8544 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
8545
8546 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
8547 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
8548 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
8549
8550 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
8551 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
8552 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
8553 the full configuration is shown.
8554
8555 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
8556 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
8557 those commands which take multiple unit names.
8558
8559 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
8560
8561 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
8562 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
8563
8564 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
8565 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
8566 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
8567 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
8568
8569 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
8570 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
8571 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
8572 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
8573
8574 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
8575 of the legend text.
8576
8577 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
8578 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
8579 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
8580 remote sessions.
8581
8582 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
8583 information of SDIO devices.
8584
8585 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
8586 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
8587 the system manager.
8588
8589 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
8590 short description of the connection parameters in the
8591 description.
8592
8593 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
8594 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
8595 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
8596 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
8597 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
8598 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
8599 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
8600
8601 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
8602 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
8603 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
8604 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
8605 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
8606 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
8607 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8608 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
8609 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
8610
8611 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
8612 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
8613 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
8614 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8615 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
8616 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
8617 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
8618 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
8619 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
8620 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
8621 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
8622 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
8623 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
8624 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
8625 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
8626 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
8627 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
8628 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
8629 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8630 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
8631 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
8632 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
8633 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
8634
8635 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
8636 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8637 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
8638 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
8639 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
8640 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
8641 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
8642 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
8643 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
8644 that you are aware of the instability of the current
8645 APIs.
8646
8647 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
8648 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8649 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
8650 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
8651 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
8652 declare the APIs stable.
8653
8654 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
8655 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8656 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
8657 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8658 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
8659 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
8660 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
8661 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
8662 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
8663 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
8664 one of them is updated.
8665
8666 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
8667 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
8668 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
8669 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
8670 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
8671
8672 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
8673 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
8674 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
8675 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8676 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
8677 entry points.
8678
8679 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
8680 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
8681 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
8682 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8683 been disabled at compile-time.
8684
8685 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
8686 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
8687 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
8688 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
8689
8690 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
8691 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
8692 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8693
8694 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8695 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8696 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8697
8698 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8699 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8700 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8701
8702 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8703 remains until jobs expire.
8704
8705 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8706 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8707 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8708 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8709 all remaining processes of the service.
8710
8711 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8712 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8713 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8714 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8715 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8716 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8717 manager process which created them takes no further
8718 responsibilities for it.
8719
8720 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8721 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8722 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8723 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8724 marked executable or world-writable.
8725
8726 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8727 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8728 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8729 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8730
8731 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8732 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8733 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8734 independent of the host.
8735
8736 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8737 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8738 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8739 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8740
8741 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8742 with specific SELinux labels set.
8743
8744 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8745 any additional output but the container's own console
8746 output.
8747
8748 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8749 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8750
8751 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8752 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8753 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8754 OS images, but only specific apps.
8755
8756 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8757 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8758 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8759 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8760
8761 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8762 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8763 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8764 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8765 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8766 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8767
8768 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8769 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8770 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8771 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8772 units to use.
8773
8774 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8775 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8776 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8777 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8778
8779 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8780 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8781 context for a service.
8782
8783 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8784 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8785 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8786 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8787 influence this logic.
8788
8789 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8790 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8791 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8792 other things.
8793
8794 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8795 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8796 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8797 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8798 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8799 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8800 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8801 architectures). There is also a global
8802 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8803 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8804
8805 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8806 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8807
8808 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8809 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8810 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8811 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8812 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8813 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8814 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8815 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8816 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8817 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8818 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8819 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8820 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8821 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8822 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8823 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8824 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8825 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8826 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8827 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8828 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8829 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8830 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8831 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8832
8833 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8834
8835 CHANGES WITH 208:
8836
8837 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8838 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8839 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8840 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8841 access input and drm devices which are normally
8842 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8843 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8844 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8845 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8846 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8847 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8848 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8849 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8850
8851 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8852 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8853 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8854
8855 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8856 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8857 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8858 kernel version number.
8859
8860 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8861 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8862 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8863
8864 * This release removes high-level support for the
8865 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8866 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8867 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8868 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8869
8870 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8871 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8872 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8873 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8874 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8875 cgroup system.
8876
8877 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8878 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8879 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8880 logs among other things.
8881
8882 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8883 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8884 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8885 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8886 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8887 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8888 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8889 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8890 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8891 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8892 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8893 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8894 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8895 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8896 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8897 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8898 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8899 not delayed until next reboot.
8900
8901 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8902 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8903 systemd generated files in one directory.
8904
8905 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8906 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8907 performance information if that's available to determine how
8908 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8909 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8910 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8911
8912 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8913 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8914 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8915 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8916 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8917 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8918 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8919
8920 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8921
8922 CHANGES WITH 207:
8923
8924 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8925 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8926 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8927 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8928
8929 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8930 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8931 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8932 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8933 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8934
8935 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8936 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8937
8938 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8939 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8940 maximum number of tries.
8941
8942 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8943 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8944 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8945
8946 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8947 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8948
8949 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8950 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8951 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8952
8953 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8954 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8955 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8956
8957 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8958 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8959 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8960 and type).
8961
8962 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8963 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8964
8965 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8966 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8967 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8968 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8969
8970 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8971 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8972 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8973 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8974 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8975 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8976 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8977 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8978
8979 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8980 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8981 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8982 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8983
8984 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
8985 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
8986 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
8987 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
8988 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
8989 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
8990 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
8991
8992 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
8993 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
8994
8995 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
8996 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
8997 automatically after the process terminated.
8998
8999 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
9000 certain paths from operation.
9001
9002 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
9003 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
9004 is received.
9005
9006 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
9007 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
9008 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
9009 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
9010 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
9011 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
9012 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9013 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
9014 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
9015 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
9016 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
9017 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
9018 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9019
9020 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
9021
9022 CHANGES WITH 206:
9023
9024 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
9025 concepts introduced with 205.
9026
9027 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
9028 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
9029 -r".
9030
9031 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
9032 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
9033 --state= parameter.
9034
9035 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
9036 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
9037 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
9038 the journal.
9039
9040 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
9041 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
9042 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
9043
9044 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
9045 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
9046 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
9047 browsing logs from that point on.
9048
9049 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
9050 of an FSS key.
9051
9052 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
9053 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
9054 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
9055 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
9056 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
9057 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
9058 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
9059 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
9060 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
9061 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
9062 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
9063 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
9064 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
9065 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
9066
9067 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
9068 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
9069 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
9070 backing module right-away.
9071
9072 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
9073 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
9074
9075 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
9076 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
9077
9078 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
9079 set of processes in the message metadata.
9080
9081 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
9082
9083 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
9084 support for passing performance data via environment
9085 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
9086 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
9087 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
9088 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
9089 deserialize it again.
9090
9091 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
9092 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
9093 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
9094 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
9095
9096 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
9097 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
9098 completely silent shutdown when used.
9099
9100 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
9101 option in .socket units.
9102
9103 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
9104 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
9105 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
9106 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
9107 system.slice as before.
9108
9109 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
9110
9111 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
9112 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
9113 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9114 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
9115 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
9116 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
9117 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9118
9119 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
9120
9121 CHANGES WITH 205:
9122
9123 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
9124
9125 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
9126 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
9127 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
9128 possible for system services and applications to group their
9129 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
9130 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
9131 together, or apply resource limits on them.
9132
9133 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
9134 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
9135 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
9136 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
9137 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
9138
9139 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
9140 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
9141 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
9142 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
9143
9144 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
9145 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
9146 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
9147 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
9148 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
9149 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
9150 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
9151 and useful as a general batch manager.
9152
9153 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
9154 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
9155 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
9156 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
9157 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
9158 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
9159 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
9160 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
9161 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
9162 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
9163
9164 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
9165 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
9166 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
9167 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
9168 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
9169 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
9170 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
9171 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
9172 is compile-time optional.
9173
9174 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
9175 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
9176 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
9177 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
9178 well as slice units.
9179
9180 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
9181 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
9182 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
9183 but will be extended later on to make more properties
9184 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
9185 command that wraps this call.
9186
9187 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
9188 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
9189 while configuring a number of settings via the command
9190 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
9191 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
9192 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
9193 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
9194
9195 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
9196 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
9197 off audit.
9198
9199 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
9200 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
9201
9202 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
9203 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
9204 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
9205 and system logs.
9206
9207 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
9208 snippets extending unit files.
9209
9210 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
9211 not available as public API.
9212
9213 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
9214 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
9215 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
9216
9217 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
9218 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
9219 controls what to boot into by default.
9220
9221 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
9222 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
9223
9224 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
9225 generators needed for execution, as well as information
9226 about the unit file loading.
9227
9228 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
9229 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
9230 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
9231 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
9232 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
9233 racy due to journal file rotation.
9234
9235 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
9236 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
9237 all services.
9238
9239 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
9240 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
9241 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
9242 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
9243 system services want to log events about specific client
9244 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
9245 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
9246 unit is requested.
9247
9248 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
9249 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
9250 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
9251 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
9252 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
9253 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9254 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
9255 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
9256 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
9257 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
9258 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9259 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
9260 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
9261
9262 CHANGES WITH 204:
9263
9264 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
9265 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
9266
9267 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
9268 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
9269 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
9270
9271 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
9272 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9273
9274 CHANGES WITH 203:
9275
9276 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
9277 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
9278
9279 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
9280 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
9281 fields, including the root directory.
9282
9283 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
9284 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
9285 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
9286 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
9287 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
9288 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
9289 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
9290 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
9291 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
9292 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
9293 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
9294
9295 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
9296 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
9297
9298 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
9299 have taken an inhibitor lock.
9300
9301 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
9302 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
9303 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
9304 the local hostname.
9305
9306 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
9307 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
9308 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
9309 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
9310 VMs/containers coming and going.
9311
9312 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
9313 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
9314 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
9315
9316 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
9317 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
9318 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
9319 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
9320
9321 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
9322 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
9323 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
9324
9325 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
9326 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
9327 services. With the container's root directory in
9328 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
9329 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
9330
9331 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9332 the processes within a certain container.
9333
9334 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9335 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9336 check though. Patches welcome!
9337
9338 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9339 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9340 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9341 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9342 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9343
9344 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9345 the passed argument if applicable.
9346
9347 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9348 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9349 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9350 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9351 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9352 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9353 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9354 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9355
9356 CHANGES WITH 202:
9357
9358 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9359 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9360 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9361 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9362 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9363 units activate.
9364
9365 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9366 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9367 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9368 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9369 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9370 for now, and not installable.
9371
9372 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9373 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9374 can run in conjunction with udev.
9375
9376 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9377 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9378 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9379 session manager.
9380
9381 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9382 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9383 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9384 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9385 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9386 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9387 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9388 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9389 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9390 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9391 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9392
9393 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9394
9395 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9396 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9397 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9398 logical expressions.
9399
9400 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9401 switches.
9402
9403 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9404 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9405 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9406 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9407 the user.
9408
9409 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9410 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9411 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9412 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9413 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9414 an entry.
9415
9416 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9417 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9418 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9419 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9420 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9421 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9422
9423 CHANGES WITH 201:
9424
9425 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9426 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9427 directory.
9428
9429 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9430 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9431 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9432 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9433 problem.
9434
9435 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9436 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9437 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9438 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9439
9440 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9441 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9442
9443 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
9444 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
9445 files in this context are files such as
9446 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
9447
9448 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
9449 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
9450 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
9451 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
9452 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
9453 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
9454
9455 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
9456 hostnames.
9457
9458 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
9459 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
9460 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
9461 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
9462 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
9463 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
9464 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
9465 all time-related output of systemd.
9466
9467 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
9468 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
9469 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
9470 loops.
9471
9472 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
9473 (models, layouts, variants, options).
9474
9475 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
9476 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
9477 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
9478 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
9479 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
9480
9481 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
9482 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
9483 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
9484 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
9485 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
9486 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
9487 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
9488
9489 CHANGES WITH 200:
9490
9491 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
9492 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
9493 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
9494 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
9495 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
9496 middle ground between physical and access time order.
9497
9498 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
9499 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
9500 images.
9501
9502 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
9503 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
9504 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9505
9506 CHANGES WITH 199:
9507
9508 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
9509
9510 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
9511 security policy.
9512
9513 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9514 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
9515 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
9516 shared by all processes of a service (which means
9517 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
9518 the same service can still access). When a service is
9519 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
9520 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
9521 this though).
9522
9523 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
9524 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
9525 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
9526 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
9527 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
9528 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
9529
9530 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
9531 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
9532
9533 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
9534 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
9535
9536 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
9537
9538 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
9539 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
9540 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
9541 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
9542 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
9543
9544 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
9545 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
9546 system is to be mounted.
9547
9548 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
9549 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
9550 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
9551 purpose for socket units.
9552
9553 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
9554 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
9555
9556 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
9557 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
9558 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
9559 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
9560 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
9561
9562 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
9563 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
9564 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9565 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9566 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
9567 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
9568 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9569 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9570 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9571
9572 CHANGES WITH 198:
9573
9574 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
9575 files without having to edit/override the unit files
9576 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
9577 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
9578 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
9579 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
9580 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
9581 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
9582 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
9583 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
9584 unit files locally: copying the files from
9585 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
9586 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
9587 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
9588 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
9589 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
9590 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
9591 for them too.
9592
9593 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
9594 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
9595 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
9596 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
9597 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
9598 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
9599 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
9600 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
9601 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
9602
9603 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
9604 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
9605
9606 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
9607 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
9608 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
9609 other users.
9610
9611 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
9612 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
9613 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
9614 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
9615 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
9616 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
9617 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
9618 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
9619 management logic is also available to other programs via the
9620 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
9621 supported.
9622
9623 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
9624 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
9625 the foreground VT.
9626
9627 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
9628 call.
9629
9630 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
9631 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
9632 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
9633 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
9634 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
9635 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
9636 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
9637 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
9638 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
9639 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
9640 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
9641 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
9642 also been removed.
9643
9644 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
9645 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
9646 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
9647 objects themselves.
9648
9649 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
9650
9651 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
9652 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
9653 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
9654 to how this is supported in shells.
9655
9656 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
9657 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
9658 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
9659 user systemd instance.
9660
9661 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
9662 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
9663 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
9664 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
9665 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
9666 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
9667 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
9668 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
9669 one day for good in the kernel.
9670
9671 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
9672 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
9673 container.
9674
9675 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
9676 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
9677 the host into the container.
9678
9679 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
9680 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
9681 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
9682 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
9683 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
9684 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
9685
9686 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
9687
9688 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
9689 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
9690 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
9691 configured to be mounted there.
9692
9693 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9694 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9695 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9696 system resume events.
9697
9698 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9699 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9700 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9701 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9702
9703 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9704 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9705 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9706 card).
9707
9708 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9709 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9710 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9711
9712 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9713 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9714 later "change" event.
9715
9716 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9717 now carry a message ID.
9718
9719 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9720 continues to be work in progress.
9721
9722 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9723 root directory to operate relative to.
9724
9725 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9726 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9727 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9728 times a little.
9729
9730 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9731 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9732 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9733 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9734 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9735 request boot into firmware operations.
9736
9737 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9738 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9739 correctly in initrds.
9740
9741 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9742 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9743
9744 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9745 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9746
9747 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9748 the status of all active or failed units.
9749
9750 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9751 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9752 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9753 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9754 requests more robust.
9755
9756 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9757 reading journal files.
9758
9759 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9760 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9761
9762 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9763
9764 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9765 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9766
9767 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9768 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9769 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9770 socket activation in daemons.
9771
9772 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9773 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9774
9775 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9776 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9777 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9778
9779 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9780 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9781 system units.
9782
9783 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9784 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9785 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9786
9787 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9788 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9789 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9790 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9791 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9792 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9793 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9794 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9795 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9796 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9797 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9798 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9799 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9800 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9801 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9802 package installation time.
9803
9804 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9805 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9806 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9807 installation time.
9808
9809 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9810 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9811
9812 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9813
9814 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9815 available.
9816
9817 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9818 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9819
9820 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9821 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9822 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9823 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9824 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9825 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9826 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9827 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9828 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9829 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9830 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9831 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9832 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9833 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9834
9835 CHANGES WITH 197:
9836
9837 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9838 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9839 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9840 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9841 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9842 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9843 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9844 the supported calendar time specification language see
9845 systemd.time(7).
9846
9847 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9848 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9849 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9850 document for details:
9851
9852 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9853
9854 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9855 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9856 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9857 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9858 dependencies.
9859
9860 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9861 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9862 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9863 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9864 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9865 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9866 with a configure switch.
9867
9868 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9869 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9870 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9871 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9872 such as ext4.
9873
9874 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9875 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9876 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9877
9878 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9879 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9880
9881 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9882 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9883 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9884 using only core OS tools.
9885
9886 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9887 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9888 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9889 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9890 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9891 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9892 eventually.
9893
9894 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9895 presenting log data.
9896
9897 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9898 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9899
9900 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9901 system on idle.
9902
9903 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9904 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9905 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9906 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9907 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9908 information if possible.
9909
9910 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9911 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9912 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9913
9914 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9915 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9916 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9917 is running on battery power.
9918
9919 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9920 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9921 is in the "failed" state.
9922
9923 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9924 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9925 environment files at once.
9926
9927 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9928 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9929 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9930 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9931 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9932 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9933 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9934 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9935 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9936 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9937 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9938 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9939 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9940
9941 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9942 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9943
9944 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9945 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9946
9947 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9948 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9949 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9950 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9951 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9952 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9953 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9954 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9955 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9956 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9957 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9958 shipped from us upstream.
9959
9960 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9961 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9962 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9963 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9964 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9965 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9966 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9967 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9968 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9969 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9970 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9971 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9972 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9973
9974 CHANGES WITH 196:
9975
9976 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9977 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9978 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9979 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9980 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9981 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9982 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9983 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
9984 database was only attached to select devices, since the
9985 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
9986 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
9987 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
9988 data for all devices where this is available, by
9989 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
9990 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
9991 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
9992 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
9993 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
9994 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
9995
9996 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
9997 indexed database to link up additional information with
9998 journal entries. For further details please check:
9999
10000 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
10001
10002 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
10003 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
10004 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
10005 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
10006 macro for this purpose.
10007
10008 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
10009 Python logging framework.
10010
10011 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
10012 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
10013 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
10014 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
10015 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
10016 time intervals.
10017
10018 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
10019 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
10020 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
10021
10022 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
10023 right-away on the selected coredump.
10024
10025 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
10026 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
10027 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
10028
10029 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
10030 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
10031 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
10032 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
10033
10034 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
10035 default.
10036
10037 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
10038 SMACK security label.
10039
10040 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
10041 daylight saving change.
10042
10043 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
10044 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
10045 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
10046 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
10047 distributions who still need support this to either continue
10048 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
10049 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
10050
10051 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
10052 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
10053 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
10054 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
10055 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
10056 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
10057 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
10058
10059 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
10060 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
10061
10062 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
10063 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
10064 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
10065 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
10066 offline updating tools.
10067
10068 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
10069 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
10070 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
10071 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
10072 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
10073 directories for packages to place various data files in.
10074
10075 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
10076 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
10077
10078 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
10079 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
10080 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
10081 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10082 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
10083 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
10084 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
10085 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
10086 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10087
10088 CHANGES WITH 195:
10089
10090 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
10091 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
10092 units via --unit=/-u.
10093
10094 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
10095 right thing.
10096
10097 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
10098 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
10099 rotation.
10100
10101 * The journal will now index the available field values for
10102 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
10103 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
10104 completion of journalctl has been updated
10105 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
10106 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
10107
10108 * More service events are now written as structured messages
10109 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
10110
10111 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
10112 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
10113 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
10114 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
10115 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
10116 these settings from the command line now, especially since
10117 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
10118 completion.
10119
10120 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
10121 extract coredumps from the journal.
10122
10123 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
10124 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
10125 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
10126 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
10127 scratch their heads.
10128
10129 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
10130 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
10131
10132 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
10133 in immediate termination of systemd.
10134
10135 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
10136 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
10137
10138 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
10139 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
10140 mouse screen support has been added.
10141
10142 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
10143 Server-Sent-Events as output.
10144
10145 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
10146 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
10147 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
10148 "systemctl reload".
10149
10150 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
10151 -u" instead.
10152
10153 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
10154 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
10155 configured.
10156
10157 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
10158 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
10159
10160 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
10161 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
10162 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
10163 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
10164 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
10165 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
10166 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
10167
10168 CHANGES WITH 194:
10169
10170 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
10171 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
10172 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
10173 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
10174 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
10175 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
10176 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
10177 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
10178 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
10179 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
10180 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
10181 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
10182
10183 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
10184 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
10185 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10186
10187 CHANGES WITH 193:
10188
10189 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
10190 starting from the specified location in the journal.
10191
10192 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
10193 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
10194 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
10195
10196 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
10197 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
10198 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
10199 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
10200 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
10201 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
10202 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
10203
10204 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
10205 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
10206
10207 This will download the journal contents in a
10208 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
10209
10210 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
10211
10212 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
10213 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
10214 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
10215 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
10216 screenshot of this app in its current state:
10217
10218 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
10219
10220 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
10221 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
10222
10223 CHANGES WITH 192:
10224
10225 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
10226 too.
10227
10228 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
10229 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
10230 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
10231 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
10232 just start them.
10233
10234 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
10235 and line break accordingly.
10236
10237 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10238 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
10239
10240 CHANGES WITH 191:
10241
10242 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
10243 container environment, copying the host's timezone
10244 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
10245 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
10246 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
10247
10248 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
10249 will default to 10 if omitted.
10250
10251 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
10252 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
10253 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
10254 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
10255 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
10256
10257 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
10258 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
10259 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
10260 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
10261 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
10262 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
10263 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
10264
10265 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
10266 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
10267 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
10268 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
10269 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
10270 into two.
10271
10272 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
10273 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
10274
10275 CHANGES WITH 190:
10276
10277 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
10278 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
10279 "systemctl status".
10280
10281 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
10282 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
10283 system to another place in the same file system could not be
10284 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
10285 field.)
10286
10287 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
10288 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
10289 default.
10290
10291 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
10292 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
10293 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
10294 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
10295 in a container.
10296
10297 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
10298 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
10299 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
10300 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
10301 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
10302 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
10303
10304 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
10305 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
10306 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
10307 no-op.
10308
10309 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
10310 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
10311 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
10312 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
10313 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
10314
10315 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
10316 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
10317
10318 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
10319 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
10320 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
10321 command.
10322
10323 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
10324 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
10325 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
10326
10327 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
10328
10329 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
10330 multiple files at once.
10331
10332 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10333 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10334 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10335 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10336 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10337 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10338 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10339
10340 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10341 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10342 now support specifiers as well.
10343
10344 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10345 dir: %_presetdir.
10346
10347 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10348 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10349
10350 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10351 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10352 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10353 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10354 anymore.
10355
10356 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10357 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10358 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10359 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10360
10361 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10362 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10363 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10364
10365 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10366 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10367 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10368 sockets.
10369
10370 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10371 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10372 is changed.
10373
10374 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10375 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10376 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10377 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10378 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10379 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10380 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10381
10382 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10383
10384 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10385 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10386
10387 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10388 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10389
10390 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10391 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10392 (%b).
10393
10394 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10395 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10396 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10397 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10398 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10399 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10400 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10401
10402 CHANGES WITH 189:
10403
10404 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10405 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10406
10407 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10408 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10409 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10410 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10411 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10412 syslog daemons again.
10413
10414 * The libudev API gained the new
10415 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10416
10417 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10418 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10419 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10420 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10421
10422 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10423 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10424 container.
10425
10426 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10427 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10428 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10429 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10430 this explaining it in more detail.
10431
10432 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10433 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10434 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10435 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10436
10437 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10438 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10439 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10440 journal files.
10441
10442 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10443 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
10444 as container init process a lot more fun.
10445
10446 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
10447 entries.
10448
10449 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
10450 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
10451 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
10452 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
10453 different sets of services.
10454
10455 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
10456 failure state.
10457
10458 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
10459 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
10460 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10461
10462 CHANGES WITH 188:
10463
10464 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
10465 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
10466 tree a lot more organized.
10467
10468 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
10469 may be used to group services in a natural way.
10470
10471 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
10472 services.
10473
10474 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
10475 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
10476 filtering by log level now.
10477
10478 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
10479 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
10480 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
10481
10482 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
10483 command lines involving service unit names.
10484
10485 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
10486 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
10487
10488 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
10489 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
10490 and encodes structured information about the error number.
10491
10492 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
10493 option.
10494
10495 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
10496 a shutdown is cancelled.
10497
10498 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
10499 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
10500 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
10501 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
10502 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
10503
10504 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
10505 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
10506 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
10507 for display managers instead.
10508
10509 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
10510 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
10511 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
10512 protection, and suchlike.
10513
10514 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
10515 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
10516 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
10517 the service.
10518
10519 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
10520 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
10521 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
10522 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
10523 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
10524 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10525
10526 CHANGES WITH 187:
10527
10528 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
10529 pages.
10530
10531 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
10532 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
10533 data loss.
10534
10535 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
10536 option.
10537
10538 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
10539
10540 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
10541 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
10542
10543 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
10544 specific directory.
10545
10546 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
10547 messages of two different boots.
10548
10549 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
10550 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
10551 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
10552
10553 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
10554 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
10555 disjunctions.
10556
10557 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
10558 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
10559 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
10560
10561 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
10562 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
10563 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
10564
10565 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
10566 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
10567 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
10568 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
10569 speed things up a bit.
10570
10571 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
10572 header data of journal files.
10573
10574 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
10575 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
10576 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
10577
10578 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
10579 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
10580 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
10581 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
10582
10583 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10584
10585 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
10586 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
10587 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10588 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10589
10590 CHANGES WITH 186:
10591
10592 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
10593 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
10594 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
10595 prefixed with rd.
10596
10597 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
10598 automatically generated at boot. Use:
10599
10600 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
10601
10602 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
10603
10604 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
10605
10606 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
10607 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
10608 as well.
10609
10610 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
10611 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
10612 in all appropriate directories automatically.
10613
10614 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
10615 does the right thing. Example:
10616
10617 udevadm info /dev/sda
10618 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
10619
10620 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
10621 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
10622 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
10623 running.
10624
10625 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
10626 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
10627
10628 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
10629 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
10630
10631 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
10632 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
10633 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
10634 files.
10635
10636 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
10637 be stopped that is not loaded.
10638
10639 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
10640
10641 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
10642
10643 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
10644 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
10645 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
10646 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
10647
10648 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
10649 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
10650 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
10651 completed initialization.
10652
10653 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
10654
10655 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
10656 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
10657 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
10658 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
10659 distributions.
10660
10661 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
10662 always valid when services log to the journal via
10663 STDOUT/STDERR.
10664
10665 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
10666 command line options we understand.
10667
10668 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
10669 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
10670
10671 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
10672 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
10673
10674 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
10675 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
10676 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
10677 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
10678
10679 systemctl status /home
10680 systemctl status /dev/sda
10681
10682 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
10683 system.conf parsing.
10684
10685 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
10686 Manager object.
10687
10688 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
10689
10690 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
10691
10692 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10693 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10694 complete.
10695
10696 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10697 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10698 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10699 systemd-fsck@.service.
10700
10701 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10702 Manager object.
10703
10704 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10705 work sensibly.
10706
10707 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10708 we actually understand.
10709
10710 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10711 additional capabilities to the container.
10712
10713 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10714 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10715 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10716
10717 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10718 the current boot only.
10719
10720 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10721 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10722
10723 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10724 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10725 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10726 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10727 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10728
10729 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10730
10731 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10732 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10733 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10734 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10735
10736 CHANGES WITH 185:
10737
10738 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10739 available.
10740
10741 * Several new man pages have been added.
10742
10743 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10744 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10745 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10746 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10747
10748 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10749 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10750
10751 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10752 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10753 Matthias Clasen
10754
10755 CHANGES WITH 184:
10756
10757 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10758 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10759
10760 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10761 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10762 daemon.
10763
10764 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10765 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10766
10767 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10768 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10769 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10770 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10771
10772 CHANGES WITH 183:
10773
10774 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10775 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10776 and systemd's most recent version number.
10777
10778 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10779 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10780 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10781 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10782 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10783 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10784
10785 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10786 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10787 subsystems.
10788
10789 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10790 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10791 used to subscribe to events.
10792
10793 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10794 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10795 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10796 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10797 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10798 forked by udev rules.
10799
10800 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10801 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10802 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10803 it.
10804
10805 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10806 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10807 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10808 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10809 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10810
10811 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10812 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10813
10814 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10815 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10816 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10817 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10818
10819 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10820 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10821 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10822 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10823 to be used as drop-in files.
10824
10825 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10826 particular suspending and hibernating.
10827
10828 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10829 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10830 about this in more detail.
10831
10832 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10833 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10834 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10835 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10836 from git history and add them downstream.
10837
10838 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10839 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10840 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10841 units.
10842
10843 * All smaller setup units (such as
10844 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10845 are run in a container and are skipped when
10846 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10847 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10848
10849 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10850 integrated, for details see:
10851 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10852
10853 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10854 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10855 messages.
10856
10857 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10858 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10859 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10860 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10861 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10862
10863 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10864 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10865 for all units started by PID 1.
10866
10867 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10868 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10869 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10870
10871 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10872 of PID 1 anymore.
10873
10874 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10875 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10876 have not been read by systemd yet.
10877
10878 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10879 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10880 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10881 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10882 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10883 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10884
10885 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10886 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10887
10888 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10889
10890 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10891 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10892 so sexy.
10893
10894 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10895 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10896 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10897 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10898 patterns.
10899
10900 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10901 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10902 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10903 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10904
10905 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10906 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10907
10908 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10909 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10910 in systemd now.
10911
10912 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10913 ID on the command line.
10914
10915 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10916 for an init system.
10917
10918 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10919 vt100.
10920
10921 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10922
10923 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10924 components now have directories of their own.
10925
10926 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10927
10928 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10929 container in other hierarchies.
10930
10931 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10932 system.conf.
10933
10934 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10935
10936 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10937 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10938
10939 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10940 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10941
10942 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10943 locally generated journal files.
10944
10945 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10946
10947 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10948
10949 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10950 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10951 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10952 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10953 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10954 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10955 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10956 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10957 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10958 Gundersen
10959
10960 CHANGES WITH 44:
10961
10962 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10963
10964 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10965 KVM or container configured UUID.
10966
10967 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10968
10969 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10970
10971 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10972 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10973
10974 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10975
10976 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10977 folks
10978
10979 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10980 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10981 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10982
10983 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
10984 configuration
10985
10986 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
10987 free fashion
10988
10989 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
10990 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
10991 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
10992 automatically generated data.
10993
10994 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
10995 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
10996 however.
10997
10998 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
10999 tarball.
11000
11001 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
11002 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
11003 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
11004 Reding
11005
11006 CHANGES WITH 43:
11007
11008 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11009
11010 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
11011
11012 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
11013
11014 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
11015 normal user logins.
11016
11017 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
11018 Biebl
11019
11020 CHANGES WITH 42:
11021
11022 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
11023
11024 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
11025 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
11026 xsltproc.
11027
11028 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
11029 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
11030 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
11031
11032 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
11033 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
11034 reboot can automatically be triggered.
11035
11036 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
11037
11038 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
11039 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11040 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
11041
11042 CHANGES WITH 41:
11043
11044 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
11045 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
11046 package update.
11047
11048 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
11049 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
11050 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
11051
11052 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
11053 complete.
11054
11055 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
11056 understood to set system wide environment variables
11057 dynamically at boot.
11058
11059 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
11060
11061 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
11062 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
11063 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
11064 files.
11065
11066 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11067 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
11068 William Douglas
11069
11070 CHANGES WITH 40:
11071
11072 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11073
11074 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
11075 "Result" D-Bus property.
11076
11077 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
11078 the next few releases.)
11079
11080 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
11081 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
11082 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
11083 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
11084
11085 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
11086 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
11087 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
11088
11089 CHANGES WITH 39:
11090
11091 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11092 bugfixes.
11093
11094 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
11095 resource usage.
11096
11097 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
11098 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
11099 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
11100 journals by the respective users.
11101
11102 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
11103 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
11104 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
11105
11106 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
11107 client for all entries.
11108
11109 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
11110
11111 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
11112 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
11113
11114 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
11115 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
11116 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
11117 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
11118
11119 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
11120 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
11121 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
11122
11123 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
11124 journal along with meta data.
11125
11126 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
11127 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
11128 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
11129
11130 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
11131 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
11132 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
11133
11134 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
11135
11136 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
11137 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
11138 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
11139 or fsck.
11140
11141 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
11142 requested with new -k switch.
11143
11144 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11145 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
11146
11147 CHANGES WITH 38:
11148
11149 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11150 bugfixes.
11151
11152 * The git repository moved to:
11153 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
11154 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
11155
11156 * First release with the journal
11157 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
11158
11159 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
11160 systemd-stdout-bridge.
11161
11162 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
11163
11164 * Many systemadm clean-ups
11165
11166 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
11167 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
11168 remote mounts.
11169
11170 * Added Mageia support
11171
11172 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
11173
11174 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
11175 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
11176 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
11177 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
11178 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
11179
11180 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
11181 of existing distributions.
11182
11183 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
11184 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
11185
11186 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
11187 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
11188 boot.
11189
11190 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
11191
11192 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
11193 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
11194 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
11195 among other things.
11196
11197 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
11198 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
11199
11200 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
11201
11202 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
11203 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
11204 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
11205
11206 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
11207 restored.
11208
11209 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
11210 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
11211 kmod
11212
11213 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
11214 of /usr/local by default.
11215
11216 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
11217 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
11218 in:
11219 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
11220
11221 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
11222 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
11223 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
11224 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
11225 supported anyway, and bad style).
11226
11227 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
11228 reloading of units together.
11229
11230 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
11231 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
11232 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11233 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
11234 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek